13825 '01.5 Infiniti

FOREWORD

Your INFINITI represents a new way of thinkingabout vehicle design. It integrates advanced engi-neering and superior craftsmanship with a simple,refined aesthetic sensitivity associated with tradi-tional Japanese culture.

The result is a different notion of luxury and beauty.The car itself is important, but so also is the senseof harmony that the vehicle evokes in its driver, andthe sense of satisfaction you feel with the INFINITI—from the way it looks and drives to the high levelof dealer service.

To ensure that you enjoy your INFINITI to thefullest, we encourage you to read this Owner’sManual immediately. It explains all of the features,controls and performance characteristics of yourINFINITI; it also provides important instructions andsafety information.

A separate Warranty Information Booklet isto be found in your Owner’s literature port-folio. Always carry it with you when you takeyour INFINITI to an authorized dealer. Theportfolio contents provide complete infor-mation about all warranties covering thisvehicle, the periodic maintenance required

to keep the warranties in effect as well asthe INFINITI Roadside Assistance program.

Additionally, a separate Customer Care andLemon Law Information Booklet will explainhow to resolve any concerns you may havewith your vehicle, as well as clarify yourrights under your state’s lemon law.

INFINITI is dedicated to providing a satisfyingownership experience for as long as you own yourcar. Should you have any questions regarding yourINFINITI or your INFINITI dealer, please contact ourConsumer Affairs department at 1-800-662-6200.In Hawaii 1-808-836-0848 (Oahu number). InCanada 1-800-387-0122. Thank you.

READ FIRST — THEN DRIVESAFELYBefore driving your vehicle please read yourOwner’s Manual carefully. This will ensurefamiliarity with controls and maintenance re-quirements, assisting you in the safe opera-tion of your vehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETYINFORMATIONREMINDERS FOR SAFETY!

Follow these important driving rulesto help ensure a safe and comfort-able trip for you and your passen-gers!

O Never drive under the influence ofalcohol or drugs.

O Always observe posted speedlimits and never drive too fast forconditions.

O Always use your seat belts andappropriate child restraint sys-tems. Preteen children should beseated in the rear seat.

O Always provide information aboutthe proper use of vehicle safety

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

features to all occupants of the ve-hicle.

O Always review this Owner’sManual for important safety infor-mation.

As with other vehicles with features foroffroad use, failure to operate fourwheel drive models correctly may resultin loss of control or an accident. For ad-ditional information, see “Driving fourwheel drive safely” in the “5. Startingand driving” section.

ON-PAVEMENT ANDOFF-ROAD DRIVING

This vehicle will handle and maneu-ver differently from an ordinary pas-senger car because it has a highercenter of gravity for offroad use. Aswith other vehicles with features of

this type, failure to operate this ve-hicle correctly may result in loss ofcontrol or an accident.

For additional information, see “On-pavement and offroad driving pre-cautions” and “Avoiding collisionand rollover” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section.

MODIFICATION OF YOURVEHICLE

This vehicle should not be modified.Modification could affect its perfor-mance, safety or durability, and mayeven violate governmental regula-tions. In addition, damage or perfor-mance problems resulting frommodification may not be coveredunder INFINITI warranties.

WHEN READING THEMANUALThis manual includes information for alloptions available on this model. There-fore, you may find some informationthat does not apply to your vehicle.

All information, specifications and illustra-tions in this manual are those in effect at thetime of printing. INFINITI reserves the right tochange specifications or design at any timewithout notice.

IMPORTANT INFORMATIONABOUT THIS MANUAL

You will see various symbols in this manual.They are used in the following ways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate the presenceof a hazard that could cause death or

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

serious personal injury. To avoid orreduce the risk, the procedures mustbe followed precisely.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presenceof a hazard that could cause minor ormoderate personal injury or damageto your vehicle. To avoid or reducethe risk, the procedures must be fol-lowed carefully.

If you see this symbol, it means Do not dothis or Do not let this happen.

© 2001 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.TOKYO, JAPAN

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’s Manual may bereproduced or stored in a retrieval system, or transmittedin any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical,photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the priorwritten permission of Nissan Motor Co., Ltd.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION65 WARNING

WARNING

Engine Exhaust, some of its constitu-ents, and certain vehicle componentscontain or emit chemicals known toState of California to cause cancerand birth defects or other reproduc-tive harm.

SII0151

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SEATS, RESTRAINTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS ................... 1-1

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS .......................................................... 2-1

PRE-DRIVING CHECKS AND ADJUSTMENTS............................................ 3-1

HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND AUDIO SYSTEMS .................................. 4-1

STARTING AND DRIVING................................................................... 5-1

IN CASE OF EMERGENCY .................................................................. 6-1

APPEARANCE AND CARE................................................................... 7-1

DO-IT-YOURSELF ............................................................................ 8-1

MAINTENANCE ............................................................................... 9-1

TECHNICAL AND CONSUMER INFORMATION ......................................... 10-1

INDEX ........................................................................................ 11-1

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

1 SEATS, RESTRAINTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS

Seats............................................................ 1-2Front power seat adjustment ................. 1-3Rear seat adjustment ............................. 1-4Head restraint adjustment ...................... 1-6Active head restraint (For front seats) ... 1-7Armrest................................................... 1-8

Supplemental restraint system.................... 1-8Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem.................................................... 1-8Supplemental air bag warning labels... 1-20

Supplemental air bag warning light .......... 1-21Seat belts .................................................. 1-23

Precautions on seat belt usage ........... 1-23Child safety........................................... 1-26Pregnant women .................................. 1-27

Injured persons .................................... 1-27Three-point type seat belt withretractor................................................ 1-27Two-point type seat belt without retractor(Center of rear seat)............................. 1-31Seat belt extenders .............................. 1-33Seat belt maintenance ......................... 1-34

Child restraints .......................................... 1-34Precautions on child restraints ............ 1-34Installation on rear seat centerposition................................................. 1-36Installation on rear seat outboardpositions............................................... 1-39Top tether strap child restraint ............ 1-44Installation on front passenger seat.... 1-46

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

SEATS

WARNING

O Do not ride in a moving vehiclewhen the seatback is reclined.

This can be dangerous. The shoul-der belt will not be against yourbody. In an accident you could bethrown into it and receive neck or

other serious injuries. You couldalso slide under the lap belt andreceive serious internal injuries.

O For most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sitwell back in the seat and adjustthe seat belt properly. See “Pre-cautions on seat belt usage” laterin this section for precautions onseat belt usage.

See “Automatic seat positioner” in the “3.Pre-driving checks and adjustments” for au-tomatic seat positioner operation.

SIR0091

SEATS, RESTRAINTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS

1-2

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUST-MENT

WARNING

O Do not adjust the driver’s seatwhile driving so full attention maybe given to vehicle operation.

O Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They couldunknowingly activate switches orcontrols which could cause a se-rious accident.

Operating tipsO The motor has an auto-reset overload

protection circuit. If the motor stops duringoperation, wait 30 seconds, then reactivatethe switch.

O Do not operate the power seat for a longperiod of time when the engine is off. This

will discharge the battery.

Forward and backward

Moving the switch forward or backward willslide the seat forward or backward to thedesired position.

RecliningMoving the recline switch forward or back-ward will move the seatback forward or back-ward to the desired position.

SIR0109

SIR0110


1-3

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

Seat lifter

Push the front or rear end of the switch toadjust the angle and height of the seatcushion.

Lumbar support (if so equippedfor driver’s seat)

The lumbar support feature provides lowerback support to the driver. Move the lever upor down to adjust the seat lumbar area.

REAR SEAT ADJUSTMENT

Before folding down the seat, hook the bucklesideways on to the button and hook on thetongue from the top.

Folding1. Remove the head restraints.

2. Pull the strap forward and fold the seatcushion up.

3. Pull the lever and pull the seat backforward to fold it down.

4. When resetting the seat, be sure to installthe head restraints.

SIR0133

SIP0117

SIP0143


1-4

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

WARNING

O Never allow anyone to ride in thecargo area or on the rear seatwhen it is in the fold-down posi-tion. Use of these areas by pas-sengers without proper restraintscould result in serious injury in anaccident or sudden stop.

O It is extremely dangerous to ride

in a cargo area inside of a ve-hicle. In a collision, people ridingin these areas are more likely tobe seriously injured or killed.

O Do not allow people to ride in anyarea of your vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seatbelts. Be sure everyone in yourvehicle is in a seat and using aseat belt properly.

O Head restraints should be ad-justed properly as they may pro-vide significant protection againstinjury in an accident. Always re-place and adjust them properly ifthey have been removed for anyreason.

O If the head restraints are removedfor any reason, they should besecurely stored to prevent themfrom causing injury to passengersor damage to the vehicle in caseof sudden braking or an accident.

O Properly secure all cargo to helpprevent it from sliding or shifting.Do not place cargo higher thanthe seatbacks. In a sudden stop orcollision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

SIP0144


1-5

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

O When returning the seatbacks tothe upright position, be certainthey are completely secured inthe latched position. If they arenot completely secured in theright position, passengers may beinjured in an accident or suddenstop.

Reclining

Pull the reclining lever and position the

seatback at the desired angle. Release thereclining lever after positioning the seatback atthe desired angle.

WARNING

O Do not ride in a moving vehiclewhen the seatback is reclined.This can be dangerous. The shoul-der belt will not be against yourbody. In an accident you could bethrown into it and receive neck orother serious injuries. You couldalso slide under the lap belt andreceive serious internal injuries.

O For most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sitwell back in the seat and adjustthe seat belt properly. See “Seatbelts” later in this section for

precautions on seat belt usage.

O After adjustment, check to besure the seat is securely locked.

HEAD RESTRAINT ADJUST-MENT

WARNING

Head restraints should be adjustedproperly as they may provide signifi-cant protection against injury in anaccident. Do not remove them. Checkthe adjustment after someone elseuses the seat.

SIP0145


1-6

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

Adjust the head restraints so the center is levelwith the center of your ears.

To raise the head restraint, just pull it up. Tolower, push the lock knob and push the headrestraint down.

ACTIVE HEAD RESTRAINT (Forfront seats)

WARNING

O Always adjust the head restraintsproperly as specified in the previ-

ous section. Failure to do so canreduce the effectiveness of theactive head restraint.

O Active head restraints are de-signed to supplement other safetysystems. Always wear seat belts.No system can prevent all injuriesin any accident.

O Do not attach anything to the headrestraint stalks. Doing so couldimpair active head restraint func-tion.

The head restraint moves forward utilizing theforce that the seatback receives from theoccupant in a rear-end collision. The move-ment of the head restraint helps support theoccupant’s head by reducing its backwardmovement and helping absorb some of theforces that may lead to whiplash type injuries.

SIR0088B

SIR0144

SIR0113


1-7

Z 00.11.29/JR50-D/V5 X

Active head restraints are effective for colli-sions at low to medium speeds in which it issaid that whiplash injury occurs most.

Active head restraints operate only in certainrear-end collisions. After the collision, thehead restraints return to their original posi-tions.

Properly adjust the active head restraints asdescribed in the previous section.

ARMREST

Pull the armrest forward and lay it horizontal.

SUPPLEMENTALRESTRAINT SYSTEM

PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLE-MENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)section contains important information con-cerning the driver and front passenger supple-mental front air bags, supplemental side airbags and pre-tensioner seat belts.Supplemental front air bag system: Thissystem can help cushion the impact force tothe face and chest of the driver and frontpassenger in certain frontal collisions.Supplemental side air bag system: Thissystem can help cushion the impact force tothe head and chest area of the driver and frontpassenger in certain side impact collisions.The supplemental side air bag is designed toinflate on the side where the vehicle isimpacted.

These supplemental restraint systems are de-

signed to supplement the crash protectionprovided by the driver and front passengerseat belts and are not a substitute for them.Seat belts should always be correctly wornand the driver and front passenger seated asuitable distance away from the steeringwheel, instrument panel and front door finish-ers. (See “Seat belts” later in this section forinstructions and precautions on seat beltusage.)

After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The supple-mental air bag warning light will turn offafter about 7 seconds if the systems areoperational.

SIP0146


1-8

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

WARNING

O The supplemental front air bagsordinarily will not inflate in theevent of a side impact, rear im-

pact, roll over, or lower severityfrontal collision. Always wearyour seat belts to help reduce therisk or severity of injury in variouskinds of accidents.

SIR0092


1-9

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

O The seat belts and the supple-mental front air bags are mosteffective when you are sittingwell back and upright in the seat.Front air bags inflate with

great force. If you are unre-strained, leaning forward, sittingsideways or out of position in anyway, you are at greater risk of in-jury or death in a crash and may

also receive serious or fatal inju-ries from the supplemental frontair bag if you are up against itwhen it inflates. Always sit backagainst the seatback and as far

SIR0093 SIR0006


1-10

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

away as practical from the steer-ing wheel or instrument panel. Al-ways use the seat belts.

O Keep hands on the outside of thesteering wheel. Placing them in-

side the steering wheel rim couldincrease the risk that they are in-jured when the supplemental frontair bag inflates.

SIR0007 SIR0008 SIR0009


1-11

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

WARNING

O Never let children ride unre-strained or extend their hands orface out of the window. Do not at-tempt to hold them in your lap orarms. Some examples of danger-ous riding positions are shown inthe previous illustrations.

O Children may be severely injuredor killed when the supplementalfront air bag or supplemental sideair bag inflates if they are notproperly restrained.

O Never install a rear facing childrestraint in the front seat. Aninflating supplemental front airbag could seriously injury or killyour child. See “Child restraints”later in this section for details.

SIR0010 SIR0011


1-12

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

For supplemental side air bagsystem:

SIR0059

SIR0094

SIR0121

SIR0122


1-13

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

WARNING

O The supplemental side air bag or-dinarily will not inflate in the eventof a frontal impact, rear impact orlower severity side collision. Al-ways wear your seat belts to helpreduce the risk or severity of injuryin various kinds of accidents.

O The seat belts and the supple-mental side air bag are mosteffective when you are sittingwell back and upright in the seat.Supplemental side air bag in-flates with great force. Do notallow anyone to place their hand,leg or face near the supplementalside air bag on the side of theseatback of the front seat. Do notallow anyone sitting in the front

seat to extend their hand out ofthe window or lean against thedoor. Some examples of danger-ous riding positions are shown inthe previous illustrations.

O When sitting in the rear seat, donot hold onto the seatback of thefront seat. If the side air baginflates, you may be seriouslyinjured. Be especially carefulwith children, who should alwaysbe properly restrained.

O Do not use seat covers on thefront seatbacks. They may inter-fere with side air bag inflation.


1-14

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

Supplemental front air bag sys-tem

The driver supplemental air bag is located inthe center of the steering wheel; the frontpassenger supplemental air bag is mounted inthe dashboard above the glove box. Thesesystems are designed to meet optional certi-

fication requirements under U.S. regulations.They are also permitted in Canada. Theoptional certification allows front air bags tobe designed to inflate somewhat less force-fully than previously. However, all of theinformation, cautions and warnings inthis manual still apply and must befollowed. The front air bags are designed to

inflate in higher severity frontal collisions,although they may inflate if the forces inanother type of collision are similar to those ofa higher severity frontal impact. They may notinflate in certain frontal collisions. Vehicledamage (or lack of it) is not always anindication of proper supplemental air bagoperation.

When the supplemental front air bag inflates,a fairly loud noise may be heard, followed byrelease of smoke. This smoke is not harmfuland does not indicate a fire, but care shouldbe taken not to inhale it, as it may causeirritation and choking. Those with a history ofbreathing condition should get fresh airpromptly.

Supplemental front air bags, along with theuse of seat belts, help to cushion the impactforce on the face and chest of the occupants.They can help save lives and reduce seriousinjuries. However, an inflating front air bagmay cause facial abrasions or other injuries.Front air bags and supplemental side air bags

SIR0106B


1-15

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

do not provide restraint to the lower body.

The seat belts should be correctly worn andthe driver and passenger seated upright as faras practical away from the steering wheel ordash board. Since the supplemental front airbags inflate quickly in order to help protect thefront occupants, the force of the front air baginflating can increase the risk of injury if theoccupant is too close to or is against the airbag module during inflation. The air bag willdeflate quickly after the collision is over.

After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the system is operational.

WARNING

O Do not place any objects on thesteering wheel pad or on the in-strument panel. Also, do not

place any objects between anyoccupant and the steering wheelor instrument panel. Such objectsmay become dangerous projec-tiles and may cause injury if thesupplemental air bag inflates.

O Right after inflation, several airbag system components will behot. Do not touch them; you mayseverely burn yourself.

O No unauthorized changes shouldbe made to any components orwiring of the supplemental frontair bag system. This is to preventaccidental inflation of the supple-mental air bags or damage to thesupplemental air bag system.

O Do not make unauthorizedchanges to your vehicle’s electri-cal system, suspension system or

front end structure. This couldaffect proper operation of thesupplemental front air bag sys-tem.

O Tampering with the supplementalfront air bag system may result inserious personal injury. Tamper-ing includes changes to the steer-ing wheel and the instrumentpanel assembly by placing mate-rial over the steering wheel padand above the instrument panel,or by installing additional trimmaterial around the air bag sys-tem.

O Work around and on the supple-mental front air bag systemshould be done by an authorizedINFINITI dealer. Installation ofelectrical equipment should also


1-16

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

be done by an authorized INFINITIdealer. The yellow SupplementalRestraint System (SRS) wiringharnesses* should not be modi-fied or disconnected. Unautho-rized electrical test equipmentand probing devices should notbe used on the air bag system.

* The SRS wiring harnesses arecovered with yellow insulation ei-ther just before the harness con-nectors or over the complete har-ness for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the supplemental airbag system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual.

Supplemental side air bag system

The supplemental side air bags are located inthe outside of the seatback of the front seats.The supplemental side air bag (on the driveror front passenger seat) is designed to inflatein higher severity side collisions, although itmay inflate if the forces in another type ofcollision are similar to those of a higherseverity side impact. It is designed to inflateon the side where the vehicle is impacted. Itmay not inflate in certain side collisions.Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an

indication of proper supplemental side air bagoperation.

When the supplemental side air bag inflates, afairly loud noise may be heard, followed byrelease of smoke. This smoke is not harmfuland does not indicate a fire, but care shouldbe taken not to inhale it, as it may causeirritation and choking. Those with a history ofa breathing condition should get fresh airpromptly.

Supplemental side air bags along with the useof seat belts, help to cushion the impact forceon the head and chest of the front occupants.They can help save lives and reduce seriousinjuries. However, an inflating side air bagmay cause abrasions or other injuries.

The seat belts should be correctly worn andthe driver and passenger seated upright as faras practical away from the supplemental sideair bag. Since the side air bags inflate quicklyin order to help protect the front occupants,the force of the side air bag inflating canincrease the risk of injury if the occupant istoo close to or is against the side air bag

SIR0129


1-17

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

module during inflation. The side air bag willdeflate quickly after the collision is over.

After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the system is operational.

WARNING

O Do not place any objects near theseatback of the front seats. Also,do not place any objects (an um-brella, bag, etc.) between thefront door finisher and the frontseat. Such objects may becomedangerous projectiles and causeinjury if the supplemental side airbag inflates.

O Right after inflation, several sideair bag system components will

be hot. Do not touch them; youmay severely burn yourself.

O No unauthorized changes shouldbe made to any components orwiring of the side air bag system.This is to prevent accidental in-flation of the side air bags ordamage to the side air bag sys-tem.

O Do not make unauthorizedchanges to your vehicle’s electri-cal system, suspension system orside panel. This could affectproper operation of the side airbag system.

O Tampering with the side air bagsystem may result in serious per-sonal injury. Tampering includeschanges to the front seats assem-bly by placing material near the

seatback of the front seat, or byinstalling additional trim mate-rial, such as seat covers, aroundthe side air bag system.

O Work around and on the supple-mental side air bag systemshould be done by an authorizedINFINITI dealer. Installation ofelectrical equipment should alsobe done by an authorized INFINITIdealer. The SRS wiring har-nesses* should not be modifiedor disconnected. Unauthorizedelectrical test equipment andprobing devices should not beused on the side air bag system.

* The SRS wiring harnesses arecovered with yellow insulation ei-ther just before the harness con-nectors or over the complete har-


1-18

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

ness for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the supplemental sideair bag system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual.

Pre-tensioner seat belt system(For front seats)

WARNING

O The pre-tensioner seat belt cannotbe reused after activation. It mustbe replaced together with the re-tractor as a unit.

O If the vehicle becomes involved ina frontal collision but the pre-tensioner is not activated, be sureto have the pre-tensioner systemchecked and, if necessary, re-

placed by your INFINITI dealer.

O No unauthorized changes shouldbe made to any components orwiring of the pre-tensioner seatbelt system. This is to preventaccidental activation of the pre-tensioner seat belt or damage tothe pre-tensioner seat belt opera-tion. Tampering with the pre-tensioner seat belt system mayresult in serious personal injury.

O Work around and on the pre-tensioner system should be doneby an authorized INFINITI dealer.Installation of electrical equip-ment should also be done by anauthorized INFINITI dealer. Unau-thorized electrical test equipmentand probing devices should notbe used on the pre-tensioner seat

belt system.

O If you need to dispose of thepre-tensioner or scrap the ve-hicle, contact an authorizedINFINITI dealer. Correct preten-sioner disposal procedures areset forth in the appropriateINFINITI Service Manual. Incor-rect disposal procedures couldcause personal injury.

The front seat pre-tensioner seat belt systemactivates in conjunction with the supplementalfront air bag. Working with the seat beltretractor, it helps tighten the seat belt theinstant the vehicle becomes involved in cer-tain types of collisions, thereby restrainingseat occupants.

The pre-tensioner is encased with the seatbelt’s retractor. These seat belts are used thesame as conventional seat belts.


1-19

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

When the pre-tensioner seat belt activates,smoke is released and a loud noise may beheard. The smoke is not harmful, but careshould be taken not to inhale it as it maycause irritation and choking. Those with ahistory of a breathing condition should getfresh air promptly.

If any abnormality occurs in the pre-tensionersystem, the supplemental air bag warninglight will not come on, will flash inter-mittently or will turn on for 7 seconds andremain on after the ignition key has beenturned to the ON or START position. In thiscase, the pre-tensioner seat belt may notfunction properly. The system should beinspected by an authorized INFINITI dealer.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the pre-tensioner seatbelt system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual.

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LABELS

The warning labels about the supplemental airbag system and supplemental side air bagsystem are placed in the vehicle.

SIR0096D


1-20

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LIGHT

The supplemental air bag warning light, dis-playing in the instrument panel, moni-tors the circuits of the supplemental front airbag and supplemental side air bag systemsand pre-tensioner seat belt. The circuits moni-tored by the air bag warning light are thediagnosis sensor unit, satellite sensors, frontair bag modules, side air bag modules,pre-tensioner seat belt and all related wiring.

After turning the ignition key to the ON

position, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the system is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, thesupplemental front air bag and supplementalside air bag systems and pre-tensioner seatbelt need servicing:

O The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 seconds.

O The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

O The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

Under these conditions, the supplementalfront air bags, supplemental side air bagsand/or pre-tensioner seat belt may not operateproperly. They must be checked and repaired.Take your vehicle to the nearest authorizedINFINITI dealer.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that thesupplemental front air bag system,supplemental side air bag systemand/or pre-tensioner seat belt willnot operate in an accident.

Repair and replacement proce-dure

The supplemental front air bags or supple-mental side air bags are designed to inflate ona one-time-only basis. As a reminder, unlessit is damaged, the supplemental air bagwarning light will remain illuminated afterinflation has occurred. Repair and replacementof these supplemental systems should bedone only by authorized INFINITI dealers.

To ensure long-term functioning, the

SIR0132


1-21

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

system must be inspected 10 years afterthe date of manufacture noted on thecertification label located on the driverside center pillar.

When maintenance work is required on thevehicle, the supplemental front air bags,supplemental side air bags and related partsshould be pointed out to the person conduct-ing the maintenance. The ignition key shouldalways be in the LOCK position when workingunder the hood or inside the vehicle.

WARNING

O Once the supplemental front airbag or supplemental side air baghas inflated, the front air bag mod-ule will not function again andmust be replaced. The air bagmodule should be replaced by anauthorized INFINITI dealer. The

air bag module cannot be re-paired.

O The supplemental front air bagand supplemental side air bagsystem should be inspected by anauthorized INFINITI dealer if thereis any damage to the front or sideend portion of the vehicle or re-placed if the supplemental airbag has inflated.

O If you need to dispose of thesesupplemental systems or scrapthe vehicle, contact an authorizedINFINITI dealer.

Correct disposal procedures areset forth in the appropriateINFINITI Service Manual. Incor-rect disposal procedures couldcause personal injury.


1-22

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

SEAT BELTS

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGE

Your chances of being injured or killed in anaccident and/or the severity of injury may begreatly reduced if you are wearing your seatbelt and it is properly adjusted. INFINITI

strongly encourages you and all of yourpassengers to buckle up every time you drive,even if your seating position includes asupplemental air bag.

SIR0125


1-23

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

Most states, provinces or territories re-quire that seat belts be worn at all timeswhen a vehicle is being driven.

WARNING

O Every person who drives or rides

in this vehicle should use a seatbelt at all times. Children shouldbe properly restrained and, if ap-propriate, in a child restraint.

O The belt should be properly ad-justed to a snug fit. Failure to doso may reduce the effectiveness ofthe entire restraint system and in-crease the chance or severity of

SIR0102 SIR0016


1-24

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

injury in an accident. Serious in-jury or death can occur if the seatbelt is not worn properly.

O Always route the shoulder beltover your shoulder and across

your chest. Never run the beltunder your arm or across yourneck. The belt should be awayfrom your face and neck, but notfalling off your shoulder.

O Position the lap belt as low andsnug as possible around the hips,not the waist. A lap belt worn toohigh could increase the risk ofinternal injuries in an accident.

O Be sure the seat belt tongue issecurely fastened to the properbuckle.

O Do not wear the belt inside out ortwisted. Doing so may reduce itseffectiveness.

O Do not allow more than one per-son to use the same belt.

O Never carry more people in thevehicle than there are seat belts.

O If the seat belt warning lightglows continuously while the ig-nition is turned ON with all doorsclosed and all seat belts fas-tened, it may indicate a malfunc-tion in the system. Have the sys-tem checked by your INFINITIdealer.

O Once the pre-tensioner seat belthas activated, it cannot be reusedand must be replaced togetherwith the retractor. See yourINFINITI dealer.

O Removal and installation of thepre-tensioner seat belt systemcomponents should be done by anauthorized INFINITI dealer.

SIR0014


1-25

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

O All seat belt assemblies includingretractors and attaching hardwareshould be inspected after any col-lision by your INFINITI dealer.INFINITI recommends that allseat belt assemblies in use dur-ing a collision be replaced unlessthe collision was minor and thebelts show no damage and con-tinue to operate properly. Seatbelt assemblies not in use duringa collision should also be in-spected and replaced if eitherdamage or improper operation isnoted.

CHILD SAFETY

Children need adults to help protectthem. They need to be properly re-strained.

The proper restraint depends on the child’s

size. Generally, infants [up to about 1 year andless than 20 lbs. (9 kg)] should be placed inrear facing child restraints. Front facing childrestraints are available for children who out-grow rear facing child restraints.

WARNING

Infants and children need specialprotection. The vehicle’s seat beltsmay not fit them properly. The shoul-der belt may come too close to theface or neck. The lap belt may not fitover their small hip bones. In an ac-cident, an improperly fitting seat beltcould cause serious or fatal injury.Always use appropriate childrestraints.

All US states and provinces of Canada requirethe use of approved child restraints for infants

and small children. (See “Child restraints”later in this section.)

In addition, there are many types of childrestraints available for larger children whichshould be used for maximum protection.

INFINITI recommends that all preteensand children be restrained in the rearseat if possible. According to accidentstatistics, children are safer when prop-erly restrained in the rear seat than inthe front seat.

This is especially important becauseyour vehicle has a supplemental re-straint system (Air bag system) for thefront passenger. See “Supplemental re-straint system” earlier in this section forprecautions.

Infants and small childrenINFINITI recommends that infants and smallchildren be placed in child restraints thatcomply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety


1-26

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. You should choose a child re-straint that fits your vehicle and always followthe manufacturer’s instructions for installationand use.

Larger children

Children who are too large for child restraintsshould be seated and restrained by the seatbelts which are provided.

If the child’s seating position has a shoulderbelt that fits close to the face or neck, the useof a booster seat (commercially available) mayhelp overcome this. The booster seat shouldraise the child so that the shoulder belt isproperly positioned across the top, middleportion of the shoulder and the lap belt is lowon the hips. The booster seat should fit thevehicle seat and have a label certifying that itcomplies with Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards or Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. Once the child has grown so the

shoulder belt is no longer on or near the faceand neck, use the shoulder belt without thebooster seat.

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel onany seat and do not allow a child inthe cargo areas while the vehicle ismoving. The child could be seriouslyinjured or killed in an accident orsudden stop.

PREGNANT WOMENINFINITI recommends that pregnant womenuse seat belts. The seat belt should be wornsnug, and always position the lap belt as lowas possible around the hips, not the waist, andplace the shoulder belt over your shoulder andacross your chest. Never run the lap/shoulderbelt over your abdominal area. Contact yourdoctor for specific recommendations.

INJURED PERSONS

INFINITI recommends that injured personsuse seat belts, depending on the injury. Checkwith your doctor for specific recommenda-tions.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTWITH RETRACTOR

WARNING

O Every person who drives or ridesin this vehicle should use a seatbelt at all times.

O Do not ride in a moving vehiclewhen the seatback is reclined.This can be dangerous. Theshoulder belt will not be againstyour body. In an accident youcould be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious inju-


1-27

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

ries. You could also slide underthe lap belt and receive seriousinternal injuries.

O For most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sitwell back in the seat and adjustthe seat belt properly.

Fastening the seat belts

1. Adjust the seat.

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractorand insert the tongue into the buckle untilit snaps.

SIR0130

SIR0131


1-28

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

The retractor is designed to lock duringa sudden stop or on impact. A slow pull-ing motion will permit the belt to move,and allow you some freedom of move-ment in the seat.

3. Position the lap belt portion low andsnug on the hips as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward theretractor to take up extra slack.

The front passenger side seat belt and rearthree-point seat belts have a cinching mecha-nism for child restraint installation. It is

referred to as the automatic locking mode.When the cinching mechanism is activated theseat belt cannot be withdrawn again until theseat belt tongue is detached from the buckleand fully retracted. For additional informationsee “Child Restraints” later in this section.

The automatic locking mode should beused only for child restraint installation.During normal seat belt use by a pas-senger, the locking mode should not beactivated. If it is activated it may causeuncomfortable seat belt tension.

WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, becertain that seatbacks are completelysecured in the latched position. Ifthey are not completely secured inthe right position, passengers maybe injured in an accident or sudden

SIR0019 SIR0061


1-29

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

stop.

Unfastening the seat beltsTo unfasten the belt, press the button on thebuckle. The seat belt will automatically retract.

Checking seat belt operation

Your seat belt retractors are designed to lockbelt movement by two separate methods:

O When the belt is pulled quickly from theretractor.

O When the vehicle slows down rapidly.

You can check their operation as follows:

O Grasp the shoulder belt and pull quicklyforward. The retractor should lock andrestrict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during this checkor if you have any question about beltoperation, see your INFINITI dealer.

Shoulder belt height adjustment(For front seats)

The shoulder belt anchor height should beadjusted to the position best for you. See“Seat belts” for precautions on seat beltusage.

To adjust, squeeze the release buttons, andmove the shoulder belt anchor to the desiredposition, so the belt passes over the center ofthe shoulder. The belt should be away fromyour face and neck, but not falling off of yourshoulder. Release the adjustment buttons tolock the shoulder belt anchor into position.

WARNING

O After adjustment, release the ad-SIR0021

SIP0167


1-30

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

justment buttons and try to movethe shoulder belt anchor up anddown to make sure it is securelyfixed in position.

O The shoulder belt anchor heightshould be adjusted to the positionbest for you. Failure to do so mayreduce the effectiveness of theentire restraint system and in-crease the chance or severity ofinjury in an accident.

Seat belt hook

When the rear seat belt is not in use, hook itat the belt hook.

TWO-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTWITHOUT RETRACTOR (Centerof rear seat)

Selecting correct set of seat belts

The center seat belt buckle and tongue areidentified by the “CENTER” mark. The centerseat belt tongue can be fastened only into the

SIP0191

SIP0078


1-31

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

center seat belt buckle.

Fastening the seat belts

1. Insert the tongue into the buckle markedCENTER until it snaps.

2. To lengthen, hold the tongue at a rightangle to the belt and pull on the belt.

To shorten, pull the free end of the beltaway from the tongue, then pull the beltclip to take up the slack.

SIR0023

SIR0024 SIR0025


1-32

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

3. Position the lap belt low and snug onthe hips as illustrated.

Unfastening the seat beltsTo unfasten the belt, press the button on thebuckle.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERS

If, because of body size or driving position, itis not possible to properly fit the lap-shoulderbelt and fasten it, an extender is availablewhich is compatible with the installed seatbelts. The extender adds approximately 8 in(200 mm) of length and may be used for eitherthe driver or front passenger seating position.See your INFINITI dealer for assistance if theextender is required.

WARNING

O Only INFINITI belt extenders,made by the same company whichmade the original equipmentbelts, should be used with theINFINITI belts.

O Persons who can use the standardseat belt should not use an ex-

SIR0060

SIR0026


1-33

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

tender. Such unnecessary usecould result in serious personalinjury in the event of an accident.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE

O To clean the seat belt webbings,apply a mild soap solution or any non-caustic solution recommended for gentlycleaning cloth upholstery or carpets. Thenbrush it, wipe with a cloth and allow it todry in the shade. Do not allow the seatbelts to retract until they are completelydry.

O If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guideof the seat belt anchors, the belts mayretract slowly. Wipe the shoulder beltguide with a clean, dry cloth.

O Periodically check to see that theseat belt and the metal componentssuch as buckles, tongues, retractors, flex-

ible wires and anchors work properly. Ifloose parts, deterioration, cuts or otherdamage on the webbing are found, theentire belt assembly should be replaced.

CHILD RESTRAINTS

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RE-STRAINTS

WARNING

O Infants and small children shouldalways be placed in an appropri-ate child restraint while riding inthe vehicle. Failure to use a childrestraint can result in serious in-jury or death.

O Infants and small children shouldnever be carried on your lap. It isnot possible for even the stron-gest adult to resist the forces of a

severe accident. The child couldbe crushed between the adult andparts of the vehicle. Also, do notput the same seat belt aroundboth your child and yourself.

O Never install a rear facing childrestraint in the front seat. Aninflating supplemental front airbag could seriously injure or killyour child. A rear facing childrestraint must only be used in therear seat.

O INFINITI recommends that thechild restraint be installed in therear seat. According to accidentstatistics, children are safer whenproperly restrained in the rearseat than in the front seat.

O An improperly installed child re-straint could lead to serious in-


1-34

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

jury or death in an accident.

In general, child restraints are designed to beinstalled with a lap belt or the lap portion of athree point type seat belt. Child restraints forinfants and children of various sizes are offeredby several manufacturers. When selecting anychild restraint system, keep the followingpoints in mind:

O Choose only a restraint with a label certi-fying that it complies with Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard 213 or CanadianMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

O Check the child restraint in your vehicle tobe sure it is compatible with the vehicle’sseat and seat belt system. Choose a childrestraint that meets the guidelines of theSociety of Automotive Engineers recom-mended practice J1819 for child restraintinstallation.

O If the child restraint is compatible withyour vehicle, place your child in the childrestraint and check the various adjust-ments to be sure the child restraint iscompatible with your child. Always followall recommended procedures.

All US states and Canadian provincesrequire that infants and small childrenbe restrained in approved child restraintsystems at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated.

WARNING

O Improper use of a child restraintcan result in increased injuries forboth the infant or child and otheroccupants in the vehicle.

O Follow all of the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions for

installation and use. When pur-chasing a child restraint, be sureto select one which will fit yourchild and vehicle. It may not bepossible to properly install sometypes of child restraints in yourvehicle.

O If the child restraint seat is notanchored properly, the risk of achild being injured in a collisionor a sudden stop greatly in-creases.

O Adjustable seatbacks should bepositioned to fit the child re-straint, but as upright as pos-sible.

O After attaching the child restraint,test it before you place the childin it. Tilt it from side to side. Tryto tug it forward and check to see


1-35

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

if the belt holds the restraint inplace. If the restraint is not se-cure, tighten the belt as neces-sary, or put the restraint in an-other seat and test it again.

O For a front facing child restraint,if the seat position where it isinstalled has a three-point typelap/shoulder belt, check to makesure the shoulder belt does not goin front of the child’s face or neck.If it does, put the shoulder beltbehind the child restraint. If youmust install a front facing childrestraint in the front seat, see“Installation on front passengerseat” later in this section for de-tails.

O When your child restraint is not inuse, store it in the trunk or keep it

secured with a seat belt to pre-vent it from being thrown aroundin case of a sudden stop or acci-dent.

CAUTION

Remember that a child restraint leftin a closed vehicle can become veryhot. Check the seating surface andbuckles before placing your child inthe child restraint.

INSTALLATION ON REAR SEATCENTER POSITION

Front facing

When you install a child restraint in a rearcenter seat, follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat asillustrated. The direction of the child re-straint depends on the type of the childrestraint and the size of the child. Alwaysfollow the restraint manufacturer’s instruc-tions.

SIR0027


1-36

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

2. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into the buckleuntil you hear and feel the latch engage. Besure to follow the child restraint manufac-turer’s instructions for belt routing.

3. Remove all slack in the lap belt for a verytight fit by pulling forcefully on the lap beltadjustment.

4. Before placing the child in the childrestraint, use force to tilt the child restraintfrom side to side, and tug it forward tomake sure it is securely held in place.

5. If it is not secure, try to tighten the beltagain, or put the restraint in another seat.

6. Check to make sure the child restraint is

SIR0029 SIR0030 SIR0031


1-37

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

properly secured prior to each use.

Rear facingWhen you install a child restraint in a rearcenter seat, follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat asillustrated. The direction of the child re-straint depends on the type of the child

restraint and the size of the child. Alwaysfollow the restraint manufacturer’s instruc-tions.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into the buckleuntil you hear and feel the latch engage. Besure to follow the child restraint manufac-

turer’s instructions for belt routing.

3. Remove all slack in the lap belt for a verytight fit by pulling forcefully on the lap beltadjustment.SIR0033

SIR0035

SIR0036


1-38

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

4. Before placing the child in the childrestraint, use force to tilt the child restraintfrom side to side, and tug it forward tomake sure that it is securely held in place.

5. If it is not secure, try to tighten the beltagain, or put the restraint in another seat.

6. Check to make sure the child restraint is

properly secured prior to each use.

INSTALLATION ON REAR SEATOUTBOARD POSITIONS

Front facing

WARNING

O The three-point belt in your ve-hicle is equipped with a lockingmode retractor which must beused when installing a child re-straint.

O Failure to do so will result in thechild restraint not being properlysecured. It could tip over or oth-erwise be unsecured and causeinjury to the child in a suddenstop or collision.

When you install a child restraint in a rearoutboard seat, follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Thedirection of the child restraint depends onthe type of the child restraint and the sizeof the child. Always follow the restraintmanufacturer’s instructions.

SIR0037 SIR0041


1-39

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

2. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into the buckleuntil you hear and feel the latch engage.Be sure to follow the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions for belt routing.

3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of thebelt is fully extended. At this time, the beltretractor is in the automatic locking mode(child restraint mode). It reverts back toemergency locking mode when the buckleis unlatched and the belt is allowed to fullyretract.

4. Allow the belt to retract. Pull up on the beltto remove any slack in the belt.

SIR0043 SIR0039A SIR0062


1-40

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X


6. Check that the retractor is in the automaticlocking mode by trying to pull more beltout of the retractor. If you cannot pull any

more belt webbing out of the retractor, thebelt is in the automatic locking mode.

7. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thebelt is not locked, repeat steps 3 through6.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt is allowed to wind back into theretractor, the automatic locking mode (childrestraint mode) is canceled; the seat belt onlylocks during a sudden stop or impact.

Rear facing

WARNING

O The three-point belt on your ve-hicle is equipped with a lockingmode retractor which must beused when installing a childrestraint.

O Failure to do so will result in thechild restraint not being properlysecured. It could tip over or oth-erwise be unsecured and causeinjury to the child in a suddenstop or collision.

When you install a child restraint in a rearoutboard seat, follow these steps:

SIR0042


1-41

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Thedirection of the child restraint depends onthe type of the child restraint and the sizeof the child. Always follow the restraintmanufacturer’s instructions.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into the buckleuntil you hear and feel the latch engage.Be sure to follow the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions for belt routing.

3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of thebelt is fully extended. At this time, the beltretractor is in the automatic locking mode(child restraint mode). It reverts back toemergency locking mode when the belt isfully retracted.

SIR0044 SIR0046 SIR0045A


1-42

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X





7. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thebelt is not locked, repeat steps 3 through6.


SIR0047 SIR0048


1-43

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RE-STRAINT

WARNING

The child restraint anchor points aredesigned to withstand only thoseloads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stances are they to be used for adultseat belts or harnesses.

Type AIf your child restraint has a top tether strap, itmust be secured to the provided anchor point.

Secure the child restraint with the center lapbelt or the lap portion of an outboard three-point belt and latch the top strap hook ontothe anchor bracket.

Secure the top strap to the anchor bracketwhich provides the straightest installation ofthe top strap.

Type BIf your child restraint has a top tether strap, itmust be secured to the provided anchor point.Anchor bracket hardware must be installed.The top strap anchor bracket is availablethrough your INFINITI dealer.

Part No. 88894-89900Always check with the Parts Department at anauthorized INFINITI dealer for the latest partsinformation. Secure the child restraint with thecenter lap belt or the lap portion of an

outboard three-point belt and latch the topstrap hook onto the appropriate anchorbracket. To install the anchor bracket, a metricbolt of the dimensions listed below must beused.

Bolt diameter: 8.0 mmBolt length: more than 1.18 in (30 mm)Thread pitch: 1.25 mm

Secure the top strap to the attaching boltwhich provides the straightest installation ofthe top strap.Anchor point locations

SIR0070

SIR0140


1-44

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

WARNING

The anchor bolt should be installed atall times to prevent the possibility ofexhaust fumes entering the passen-ger compartment through the holes.See “Precautions when starting anddriving” in the “5. Starting and driv-ing” section for exhaust gas.

Anchor points (Type A)/Anchor point attach-

ing bolts (Type B) are located under the carpetof the rear luggage area floor.

When installing a top strap child restraint onthe rear seat for the first time, consult yourINFINITI dealer for details.

SIP0169B


1-45

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

INSTALLATION ON FRONTPASSENGER SEAT

WARNING

O Never install a rear facing child

restraint in the front passengerseat. Supplemental front air bagsinflate with great force. A rear

facing child restraint could bestruck by the front air bag in acrash and could seriously injureor kill your child.

O INFINITI recommends that childrestraints be installed in the rearseat. However, if you must installa front facing child restraint in thefront passenger seat, move thepassenger seat to the rear-mostposition.

O A child restraint with a top tetherstrap should not be used in thefront passenger seat.

O The three-point belt in your ve-hicle is equipped with a lockingmode retractor which must beused when installing a childrestraint.

SIR0101


1-46

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

O Failure to use the retractor’s lock-ing mode may result in the childrestraint not being properly se-cured. The child restraint couldtip over or otherwise be unse-cured and cause injury to thechild in a sudden stop orcollision.

If you must install a child restraint in the frontseat, follow these steps:

Front facing

1. Position the child restraint on the frontpassenger seat. It should be placed in afront facing direction only. Move theseat to the rear most position. Always followthe child restraint manufacturer’s instruc-tions. Child restraints for infants must

be used in the rear facing directionand therefore must not be used in thefront seat.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into the buckleuntil you hear and feel the latch engage.Be sure to follow the child restraint manu-

SIR0103

SIR0055


1-47

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

facturer’s instructions for belt routing.

3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of thebelt is fully extended. At this time, the beltretractor is in the automatic locking mode(child restraint mode). It reverts back toemergency locking mode when the belt isfully retracted.




SIR0053A

SIR0056 SIR0063


1-48

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X


7. Check to make sure that the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. If thelap belt is not locked, repeat steps 3through 6.



1-49

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

2 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Instrument panel ......................................... 2-2Meters and gauges...................................... 2-3

Speedometer and odometer................... 2-4Tachometer ............................................ 2-4Engine coolant temperature gauge ........ 2-5Fuel gauge.............................................. 2-5

Compass and outside temperaturedisplay ........................................................ 2-6

Outside temperature display .................. 2-6Compass display .................................... 2-7

Warning/indicator lights and chimes ........ 2-10Checking bulbs..................................... 2-10Warning lights...................................... 2-11Indicator lights ..................................... 2-15Audible reminders ................................ 2-18

Security systems ....................................... 2-18Vehicle security system ....................... 2-19Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System .... 2-20

Windshield wiper and washer switch........ 2-21

Rear window wiper and washer switch .... 2-22Glass hatch and outside mirror defoggerswitch ........................................................ 2-23Headlight and turn signal switch .............. 2-24

Xenon headlights.................................. 2-24Headlight switch................................... 2-25Turn signal switch................................ 2-28

Front fog light switch ................................ 2-28Hazard warning flasher switch .................. 2-28Horn........................................................... 2-29Heated seats (if so equipped) ................... 2-29Clock.......................................................... 2-31

Adjusting the time................................ 2-31Power outlet .............................................. 2-31Cigarette lighter and ashtray ..................... 2-32Storage ...................................................... 2-32

Tray ...................................................... 2-32Glasses case ........................................ 2-33Cup holders.......................................... 2-34

Z 00.8.8/JR50-D/V5 X

Glove box ............................................. 2-35Console box ......................................... 2-35Luggage storage .................................. 2-36Luggage hooks..................................... 2-37Cargo net.............................................. 2-38Tonneau cover...................................... 2-39Luggage rack........................................ 2-40

Windows.................................................... 2-40Power windows.................................... 2-41

Sunroof (if so equipped)........................... 2-42Electric sunroof .................................... 2-42

Interior lights (if so equipped) .................. 2-45Personal light ............................................ 2-46Vanity mirror lights ................................... 2-46Integrated HomeLinkT UniversalTransceiver ................................................ 2-47

Programming HomeLinkT.................... 2-48Programming HomeLinkT for CanadianCustomers ............................................ 2-49

Operating the integrated HomeLinkT

Universal Transceiver........................... 2-49Programming trouble-diagnosis .......... 2-49Clearing the programmedinformation........................................... 2-49Rolling code programming .................. 2-50Reprogramming a single HomeLinkT

button................................................... 2-50If your vehicle is stolen ....................... 2-51

Infiniti Communicator (if so equipped)..... 2-51Infiniti Communicator purpose ............ 2-52Infiniti Communicator outline .............. 2-52Safe operating recommendations ........ 2-52Quick summary .................................... 2-53Functions.............................................. 2-54Function and description...................... 2-56Infiniti Communicator indicatordescription............................................ 2-59

Z 00.12.8/JR50-D/V5 X

Payment for Infiniti Communicatoruse........................................................ 2-60System limitations................................ 2-60False activations and passwordselections ............................................. 2-62

Steering switch for cellular phone(if so equipped)......................................... 2-63

Switch operations ................................ 2-63Steering wheel switch for audio control(if so equipped)......................................... 2-64

Z 00.12.8/JR50-D/V5 X

SII0357

INSTRUMENT PANEL

See the page indicated in parentheses for operating details.

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

2-2

Z 00.12.13/JR50-D/V5 X

SII0291

METERS AND GAUGES


2-3

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOM-ETER

Speedometer

The speedometer indicates vehicle speed.

Odometer/twin trip odometer

The odometer/twin trip odometer are dis-played when the ignition key is in the ONposition.

The odometer records the total distance thevehicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometer records the distance ofindividual trips.

Changing the display:

Pushing the reset knob changes the display asfollows:

TRIP A → TRIP B → TRIP A

Resetting the trip odometer:

Pushing the reset knob for more than 1second resets the trip odometer to zero.

TACHOMETERThe tachometer indicates engine speed inrevolutions per minute (r/min).

CAUTION

When engine speed approaches thered zone, shift to a higher gear. Op-erating the engine in the red zonemay cause serious engine damage.

SII0292

SII0259


2-4

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERA-TURE GAUGEThe gauge indicates engine coolant tempera-ture.

Engine coolant temperature will vary with theoutside air temperature and driving condi-tions.

CAUTION

If the gauge indicates engine coolanttemperature over the normal range,stop the vehicle as soon as safelypossible. If the engine is overheated,continued operation of the vehiclemay seriously damage the engine.See “If your vehicle overheats” in the“6. In case of emergency” section forimmediate action required.

FUEL GAUGE

The gauge indicates the approximate fuel levelin the tank.

The gauge may move slightly during braking,turning, acceleration, or going up or downhill.

The gauge needle is designed to move to theE (Empty) position when the ignition key isturned to the OFF position.

Refill the fuel tank before the gauge reg-isters Empty.

The low fuel warning light comes onwhen the fuel tank is getting low. Refuelas soon as it is convenient, preferablybefore the gauge reaches E. There willbe a small reserve of fuel in the tankwhen the fuel gauge needle reaches E.

SII0110

SII0162


2-5

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

CAUTION

O If the vehicle runs out of fuel, themalfunction indicator lamp

(MIL) may come on. Refuel assoon as possible. After a few driv-ing trips, the lamp shouldturn off. If the lamp remains on af-ter a few driving trips, have the ve-hicle inspected by an authorizedINFINITI dealer.

O For additional information, see“Malfunction indicator lamp(MIL)” later in this section.

COMPASS AND OUTSIDETEMPERATURE DISPLAYThis unit is a display unit with the followingfunctions:

O Function to measure terrestrial magnetismand indicate heading direction of vehicle

O Function to indicate outside air tempera-ture

O Function to indicate caution for frozen roadsurfaces

OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE DIS-PLAYPush the switch when the ignition key is in theACC or ON position. The outside temperaturewill be displayed in °F .

O Push the switch to change from °F to °C.

O If the outside temperature drops below thefreezing point, the display indicates ICE.

O When the outside temperature is be-tween 130°F (55°C) and 158°F(70°C), the display shows 130°F(55°C).

O When the outside temperature islower than −20°F (−30°C) or higherthan 158°F (70°C), the display showsonly - - - though it is operating. This

SII0112

SII0113


2-6

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

is not a malfunction.

O The outside temperature sensor is lo-cated in front of the radiator. Thesensor may be affected by road or en-gine heat, wind direction and otherdriving conditions. The display maydiffer from the actual outside tem-perature or the temperature dis-played on various signs or bill-boards.

CAUTION

Use the ICE indication for referenceonly. Confirm the traffic informationand road conditions to drive safely.

COMPASS DISPLAYPush the switch when the ignition key is in theACC or ON position. The direction will bedisplayed.

Zone variation change procedureThe difference between magnetic north andgeographical north is known as variance. Insome areas, this difference can sometimes begreat enough to cause false compass read-ings. Follow these instructions to set thevariance for your particular location if thishappens:

1. Establish your location on the zone map.Record your zone number.

2. Push the ON/OFF switch in for five sec-onds until the current zone entry number isdisplayed.

3. Press the ON/OFF switch repeatedly untilthe new zone entry number is displayed.

Once the desired zone number is displayed,stop pressing the ON/OFF switch and thedisplay will show compass direction within afew seconds.


2-7

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

O If a magnet is located near the com-pass or the vehicle is driven wherethe terrestrial magnetism is dis-turbed, the compass display may notindicate the correct direction.

O In places where the terrestrial mag-netism is disturbed, the correction ofthe direction starts automatically,extinguishing the direction bar. Ifturn is made one or two times, thecorrection is complete and the direc-tion bar comes back on.

Correction functions of the com-pass displayThe compass display is equipped with auto-matic correction function. If the direction isnot shown correctly, carry out the manualcorrection procedure set out below.

Manual correction procedure1. Push the switch for about 10 seconds. The

direction bar starts blinking.SII0114


2-8

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

2. Drive the vehicle slowly in an open andsafe area. The initial correction is com-pleted while turning in one or two turns.

CAUTION

In places where the earth’s magne-tism is disturbed, the initial correc-tion procedure may start automati-cally.


2-9

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS AND CHIMES

or Anti-lock brake warninglight Low fuel warning light Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)

Automatic transmission oil temperaturewarning light Low washer fluid warning light Overdrive off indicator light

Automatic transmission park warninglight Seat belt warning light Transfer 4LO position indicator light

or Brake warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

Charge warning light Cruise main switch indicator light Infiniti Communicator redial indicatorlight (if so equipped)

Door open warning light Cruise set switch indicator light Infiniti Communicator no service indica-tor light (if so equipped)

Engine oil pressure warning light 4WD shift indicator lightInfiniti Communicator “Mayday” emer-gency button indicator light (if soequipped)

4WD warning light High beam indicator light (Blue) Infiniti Communicator “Information” but-ton indicator light (if so equipped)

CHECKING BULBSTurn the ignition key to ON without startingthe engine. The following lights will come on:

, , or , , , The following lights come on briefly and thengo off:

, or , , ,, , , ,


2-10

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

If any light fails to come on, it may indicate aburned-out bulb or an open circuit in theelectrical system. Have the system repairedpromptly.

WARNING LIGHTS

or Anti-lock brakewarning light

The light should turn off within 1 second afterturning the ignition switch to ON. If not, thesystem is malfunctioning.

If the light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate the anti-lock brakesystem is not functioning properly. In eithercase, have the system checked by yourINFINITI dealer.

If an abnormality occurs in the system, theanti-lock function will cease but the ordinarybrakes will continue to operate normally.

If the light comes on while you are driv-

ing, contact your INFINITI dealer for re-pair.

Automatic transmission oiltemperature warning light(if so equipped)

This light comes on when the automatictransmission oil temperature is too high. If thelight comes on while driving, reduce thevehicle speed as soon as safely possible untilthe light turns off.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation whenthe A/T oil temperature warning lightis on may damage the automatictransmission.

Automatic transmissionpark warning light (if soequipped)

This light indicates that the automatic trans-mission parking function is not engaged. If thetransfer control is not secured in any driveposition while the automatic transmissionselector lever is in the P position, the trans-mission will disengage and the wheel will notlock.

The warning light may come on when theignition switch is ON and the automatictransmission lever is shifted to the P positionwhile shifting the 4WD shift switch between4H and 4L.

Shift the 4WD shift switch to the 2H, AUTO,4H or 4LO position again when the warninglight comes on, and make sure the 4WD shiftindicator light is ON.

See “Parking” in the “5. Starting and driving”section.


2-11

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

WARNING

O If the ATP light is ON, this indi-cates that the automatic transmis-sion P (Park) position will notfunction and the transfer case is inneutral.

O When parking, always make surethat the 4WD shift indicator lightis on and the parking brake is setbefore you stop the engine. Fail-ure to engage the transfer case in2H, AUTO, 4H or 4LO could resultin the vehicle moving unexpect-edly, resulting in serious per-sonal injury or property damage.

or Brake warninglight

This light functions for both the parking brakeand the foot brake systems.

Parking brake indicator:

The light comes on when the parking brake isapplied.

Low brake fluid warning light:

When the ignition key is in the ON positionthe light warns of a low brake fluid level. If thelight comes on while the engine is runningwith the parking brake not applied, stop thevehicle and perform the following:

1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fluidas necessary. See “Brake fluid” in the “8.Do-it-yourself” section.

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have thewarning system checked by your INFINITIdealer.

WARNING

O Your brake system may not beworking properly if the warninglight is on. Driving could be dan-gerous. If you judge it to be safe,drive carefully to the nearest ser-vice station for repairs. Other-wise, have your vehicle towed.

O Pressing the brake pedal with theengine stopped and/or low brakefluid level may increase yourstopping distance and brakingwill require greater pedal effortas well as greater pedal travel.

O If the brake fluid level is belowthe MIN mark on the brake fluidreservoir, do not drive until thebrake system has been checkedat an INFINITI dealer.


2-12

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

Charge warning light

If the light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate the charging systemis not functioning properly. Turn the engineoff and check the alternator belt. If the belt isloose, broken, missing or if the light remainson, see your INFINITI dealer immediately.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving if the belt isloose, broken or missing.

Door open warning lightThis light comes on when any of the doors orrear window are not closed securely while theignition key is ON.

Engine oil pressure warn-ing light

This light warns of low engine oil pressure. Ifthe light flickers or comes on during normal

driving, pull off the road in a safe area, stopthe engine immediately and call an INFINITIdealer or other authorized repair shop.

The oil pressure warning light is not de-signed to indicate a low oil level. Usethe dipstick to check the oil level. See“Engine oil” in the “8. Do-it-yourself” section.

CAUTION

Running the engine with the oil pres-sure warning light on could cause se-rious damage to the engine almostimmediately. Turn off the engine assoon as it is safe to do so.

4WD warning light (if soequipped)

The four wheel drive warning light comes onwhen the key switch is turned to ON. It turnsoff soon after the engine is started.

If the engine or vehicle is not functioningproperly, the warning light will either remainilluminated or blink. See “4WD warning light”in the “5. Starting and driving” section.

CAUTION

O If the warning light comes on orblinks during operation, have yourvehicle checked by an authorizedINFINITI dealer as soon as pos-sible.

O Do not drive on dry hard surfaceroads in the 4H or 4LO position. Ifthe 4WD warning light turns onwhen you are driving on dry hardsurface roads

O in the AUTO or 4H position,shift the 4WD shift switch to2WD.


2-13

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

O in the 4LO position, stop thevehicle, move the automatictransmission lever to the Nposition, and shift the 4WDshift switch to 2WD and theautomatic transmission leverto the D position.

If the warning light is still on afterthe above operation, have your ve-hicle checked by an authorizedINFINITI dealer as soon as possible.

Low fuel warning lightThis light comes on when the fuel in the tankis getting low. Refuel as soon as it isconvenient, preferably before the fuel gaugereaches E.

There will be a small reserve of fuel re-maining in the tank when the fuel gaugeneedle reaches E.

Low washer fluid warninglight

This light comes on when the washer tankfluid is at a low level. Add washer fluid asnecessary. See “Window washer fluid” in the“8. Do-it-yourself” section.

Seat belt warning light andchime

The light and chime remind you to fasten seatbelts. The light illuminates whenever theignition key is turned to ON, and will remainilluminated until the driver’s seat belt isfastened. At the same time, the chime willsound for about six seconds unless thedriver’s seat belt is securely fastened.

Refer to “Seat belts” in the “1. Seats, restraintsand supplemental air bag systems” section forprecautions on seat belt usage.

Supplemental air bagwarning light

After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag light willilluminate. The supplemental air bag warninglight will turn off after about 7 seconds if thesupplemental front air bag and supplementalside air bag systems and pre-tensioner seatbelt are operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, thesupplemental air bag and pre-tensioner seatbelt needs servicing and your INFINITI mustbe taken to your nearest authorized INFINITIdealer.

O The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 seconds.

O The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

O The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.


2-14

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

Unless checked and repaired, the supplemen-tal restraint system and/or the pre-tensionerseat belt may not function properly.

For additional information, see “Supplementalrestraint system” in the “1. Seats, restraintsand supplemental air bag” section.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that thesupplemental front air bag system,supplemental side air bag systemand/or the pre-tensioner seat beltwill not operate in an accident.

INDICATOR LIGHTS

Cruise main switch indica-tor light

The light comes on when the main switch isturned ON.

Cruise set switch indica-tor light

The light comes on while the vehicle speed iscontrolled by the cruise control system. If thelight flickers while the engine is running, itmay indicate the cruise control system is notfunctioning properly. Have the systemchecked by your INFINITI dealer.

4WD shift indicator light(if so equipped)

The light should turn off within 1 second afterturning the ignition switch to ON.

While the engine is running, the 4WD shiftindicator light will illuminate the positionselected by the 4WD shift switch.

The 4WD shift indicator light may blinkwhile shifting from one drive mode tothe other.

High beam indicator light(Blue)

This light comes on when the headlight highbeam is on and goes out when the low beamis selected.

Malfunction indicatorlamp (MIL)

If the Malfunction indicator lamp comes onsteady or blinks while the engine is running,it may indicate a potential emission controlmalfunciton.

The Malfunction indicator lamp may alsocome on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose ormissing, or if the vehicle runs out of fuel.Check to make sure the fuel filler cap isinstalled and closed tightly, and that thevehicle has at least 3 US gallons (14 liters) offuel in the fuel tank.

After a few driving trips, the lampshould turn off if no other potential emissioncontrol system malfunction exists.


2-15

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

Operation

The Malfunction indicator lamp will come onin one of two ways:

O Malfunction indicator lamp on steady —An emission control system malfunctionhas been detected. Check the fuel fillercap. If the fuel filler cap is loose ormissing, tighten or install the cap andcontinue to drive the vehicle. The

lamp should turn off after a fewdriving trips. If the lamp does notturn off after a few driving trips, have thevehicle inspected by an authorizedINFINITI dealer. You do not need to haveyour vehicle towed to the dealer.

O Malfunction indicator lamp blinking — Anengine misfire has been detected whichmay damage the emission control system.To reduce or avoid emission control sys-tem damage:

* do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH

(72 km/h).* avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.* avoid steep uphill grades.* if possible, reduce the amount of cargo

being hauled or towed.

The malfunction indicator light may stopblinking and come on steady.

Have the vehicle inspected by an autho-rized INFINITI dealer. You do not need tohave your vehicle towed to the dealer.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation withouthaving the emission control systemchecked and repaired as necessarycould lead to poor driveability, re-duced fuel economy, and possibledamage to the emission controlsystem.

Overdrive off indicatorlight

This light comes on during driving when theoverdrive switch is pressed to prevent over-drive operation.

The O/D OFF indicator light comes on for twoseconds each time the ignition key is turnedON. This shows the light is functioningproperly.

If the O/D OFF indicator light blinks for approxi-mately 8 seconds after coming on for 2 seconds,have your INFINITI dealer check the transmissionand repair it if necessary.

The automatic transmission is equipped withan electronic Fail-Safe mode. This systemallows the vehicle to be driven even in theevent of damage to the electrical circuits. Ifthis occurs, the gears automatically engageand lock into 3rd gear.

See the “Driving the vehicle” in the “5.Starting and driving” section for failsafe


2-16

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

before visiting your INFINITI dealer.

Transfer 4LO position indi-cator light (if so equipped)


This light comes on when the 4WD shiftswitch is set in the 4LO position with ignitionkey in the ON position.

If the 4WD shift switch is set in the 4LOposition and the light blinks, stop the vehicle,drive slowly forward and the light will turn on.

When you shift between 4H and 4LO, stop thevehicle, move the automatic transmissionselector lever to the N position, and push the4WD shift switch and move it in 4LO or 4H.

The transfer case may be damaged if you shiftthe switch while driving.

You cannot move the transfer 4WD shiftswitch between 4H and 4LO unless you havefirst stopped the vehicle and moved the

automatic transmission shift lever to neutral.Make sure the transfer 4LO position indicatorlight turns on when you shift the 4WD shiftswitch to 4LO.

The indicator light may blink while shift-ing from one drive mode to the other.

Turn signal/hazard indica-tor lights

The light flashes when the turn signal switchlever or hazard switch is turned on.

Infiniti Communicator re-dial indicator light (if soequipped)

After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the redial indicator light will illumi-nate for up to 30 seconds and then turn off.This indicator light comes on when the initialconnection is not successful. Infiniti Commu-nicator is attempting to redial to contact theCommunicator Response Center. The redial

indicator may blink before the button indicatorblinks. See “Infiniti Communicator” later inthis section.

Infiniti Communicator noservice indicator light (ifso equipped)

After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the no service indicator light willilluminate for up to 30 seconds and then turnoff.

This indicator light comes on when thecellular phone is outside of cellular phonetransmission range. Infiniti Communicator willnot be able to contact the CommunicatorResponse Center. See “Infiniti Communica-tor” later in this section.

Infiniti Communicator“Mayday” emergency but-ton indicator light (if soequipped)

After turning the ignition key to the ON


2-17

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

position, the “Mayday” emergency buttonindicator light will illuminate for up to 30seconds and then turn off if the system isoperational.

This button indicator light comes on when the“Mayday” emergency button is pressed. Whenthe light is blinking, Infiniti Communicator istrying to acquire an available cellular channel.When the light is ON, the system is connectedto a cell and is communicating information tothe Communicator Response Center. See“Infiniti Communicator” later in this section.

Infiniti Communicator “In-formation” button indica-tor light (if so equipped)

After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the “Information” button indicatorlight will illuminate for up to 30 seconds andthen turn off if the system is operational.

This button indicator light comes on when the“Information” button is pressed. When the

light is blinking, Infiniti Communicator istrying to acquire an available cellular channel.When the light is ON, the system is connectedto a cell and is communicating information tothe Communicator Response Center. See“Infiniti Communicator” later in this section.

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Brake pad wear warningThe disc brake pads have audible wear warn-ings. When a brake pad requires replacement,it will make a high pitched scraping soundwhen the vehicle is in motion whether or notthe brake pedal is depressed. Have the brakeschecked as soon as possible if the warningsound is heard when the vehicle is moving,whether or not the brake pedal is depressed.

Key reminder chimeThe chime will sound if the driver side door isopened while the key is left in the ignitionswitch. Remove the key and take it with youwhen leaving the vehicle.

Light reminder chime

The headlights will turn off when the frontdoor is opened with the light switch on unlessthe ignition key is in the ON position.

When you turn the headlight switch ON againafter the lights automatically turn off and whenyou open the driver’s door, the lights will notturn off automatically and a chime will soundinstead. See the battery saver system under“Headlight switch” in this section for details.

Make sure to turn the light switch off whenyou leave the vehicle.

SECURITY SYSTEMSYour vehicle has two types of security system,as follows:

O Vehicle security system

O Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System

The security condition will be shown by thesecurity indicator light.


2-18

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM

The vehicle security system provides visualand audio alarm signals if parts of the vehicleare disturbed.

Security indicator light

How to activate the vehicle se-curity system

1. Close all windows.

The system can be activated even if thewindows are open.

2. Remove the key from the ignition switch.

3. Close and lock all doors, hood, back doorand back door glass hatch. All doors canbe locked either with the multi-remotecontroller, a key, the door lock knob or thelock-unlock switch. See “Doors” in the “3.Pre-driving checks and adjustments” sec-tion for locking all doors simultaneously.

4. Confirm that the security indicator lightcomes on. The security light glows forabout 30 seconds and then begins to flash.The system is now activated. If, during this30 second time period, the door is un-locked by the key or multi-remotecontroller, or the ignition key is turned toACC or ON, the system will not activate.

O If the key is turned slowly toward thefront of the vehicle when locking thedoor, the system may not activate. Ifthe key is returned beyond the verti-cal position toward the rear of the ve-hicle to remove the key, the system

may be deactivated. When the indi-cator light fails to glow for 30 sec-onds, unlock the door once and lockit again.

O Even when the driver and/or passen-gers are in the vehicle, the systemwill activate with all doors, hood,back door and back door glass hatchlocked and ignition key off. Turn theignition key to ACC to turn the systemoff.

Vehicle security system opera-tionThe vehicle security system will give thefollowing alarm:

O The headlights blink and the horn soundsintermittently.

O The alarm automatically turns off after 1minute, however, the alarm will reactivate ifthe vehicle is tampered with again.

SII0293


2-19

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

The alarm is activated by:

O Unlocking the door or back door withoutusing the key or multi-remote controller.(Even if the door is opened by releasingthe door inside lock knob, the alarm isactivated.)

O Opening the hood.(Even if the hood is opened by the hoodrelease handle, the alarm is activated.)

O Opening the back door glass hatch(Even if the back door glass hatch isopened by the opener switch, the alarm isactivated.)

O Connecting the battery connector after ithas been disconnected from the battery formore than 1 second.

How to stop alarmThe alarm will stop only by unlocking a door, theback door or the back door glass hatch with thekey or multi-remote controller. The alarm will notstop if the ignition switch is turned to ACC or ON.

The alarm may be activated when the glasshatch is opened quickly with a key after thealarm has been set.

If the system does not operate as de-scribed above, have it checked by yourINFINITI dealer.

INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBI-LIZER SYSTEMThe Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System willnot allow the engine to start without the use ofthe registered Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer Sys-tem key.

If the engine fails to start using the registeredInfiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System key (forexample, when interference is caused byanother Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer Systemkey, an automated toll road device or auto-mated payment device on the key ring), restartthe engine using the following procedures:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion for approximately 5 seconds.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF orLOCK position, and wait approximately 5seconds.

3. Repeat step 1 and 2.

4. Restart the engine while holding the device(which may have caused the interference)separate from the registered Infiniti VehicleImmobilizer System key.

If the no start condition re-occurs, INFINITIrecommends placing the registered InfinitiVehicle Immobilizer System key on a separatekey ring to avoid interference from otherdevices.

Statement related to section 15 of FCCrules for Infiniti Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem(CONT ASSY - IMMOBILIZER)

This device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of IndustryCanada. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions;


2-20

Z 00.8.8/JR50-D/V5 X

(1) This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, in-cluding interference that may cause un-desired operation of the device.

CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX-PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE MANU-FACTURE FOR COMPLIANCE COULDVOID THE USER’S AUTHORITY TO OP-ERATE THE EQUIPMENT.

Security indicator light

This light blinks whenever the ignition switchis in the LOCK, OFF or ACC position. Thisfunction indicates the security systemsequipped on the vehicle are operational.

If the Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System ismalfunctioning, this light will remain on whilethe ignition key is in the ON position.

If the light still remains on and/or the en-gine will not start, see your INFINITIdealer for Infiniti Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem service as soon as possible.Please bring all Infiniti Vehicle Immobi-lizer System keys that you have whenvisiting your INFINITI dealer for service.

WINDSHIELD WIPER ANDWASHER SWITCH

The windshield wiper and washer operateswhen the ignition key is in the ACC or ONposition.

Push the lever down to operate the wiper.

Intermittent operation can be adjusted from 2to 12 seconds by turning the knob.

Pull the lever toward you to the washer. Thenthe wiper will also operate several times.

SII0293

SII0238A


2-21

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

CAUTION

The following could damage thewasher system:O Do not operate the washer con-

tinuously for more than 30 sec-onds.

O Do not operate the washer if thereservoir tank is empty.

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washersolution may freeze on the wind-shield and obscure your vision whichmay lead to an accident. Warm thewindshield with the defroster beforeyou wash the windshield.

REAR WINDOW WIPER ANDWASHER SWITCH

The rear window wiper and washer operateswhen the ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.

Turn the switch clockwise to the intermittent,low speed, position to operate the wiperor washer.

Turn the switch counterclockwise to theposition to operate the washer. Then

the wiper will also operate several times.

CAUTION

O Do not operate the washer con-tinuously for more than 30 sec-onds.

O Do not operate the washer if res-ervoir tank is empty.

O Do not operate the washer whenthe glass hatch is open.

O The rear window wiper will not oper-ate when the glass hatch is open.

The rear window wiper will not oper-ate if the glass hatch is closed withthe wiper switch on. To operate thewindow wiper, turn the switch to offand then to on.

O The glass hatch will not open whilethe rear window wiper is operating.

SII0239A


2-22

Z 00.7.14/JR50-D/V5 X

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washersolution may freeze on the glasshatch and obscure your vision whichmay lead to an accident. Warm theglass hatch with the defroster beforeyou wash the glass hatch.

GLASS HATCH AND OUT-SIDE MIRROR DEFOGGERSWITCH

To defog the glass hatch and the outside doormirrors, start the engine and push the switchon. (The indicator light will come on.) Pushthe switch again to turn the defogger off.

It will automatically turn off in approximately15 minutes. If the window clears before thistime, push the switch off manually.

SII0294

SII0308


2-23

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of thewindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the glass hatch defogger.

HEADLIGHT AND TURNSIGNAL SWITCHXENON HEADLIGHTS

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

O When xenon headlights are on,they produce a high voltage. Toprevent an electric shock, neverattempt to modify or disas-semble. Always have your xenonheadlights replaced at an autho-

rized INFINITI dealer.

O Xenon headlights provide consid-erably more light than conven-tional headlights. If they are notcorrectly aimed, they might tem-porarily blind an oncoming driveror the driver ahead of you andcause a serious accident. If head-lights are not aimed correctly,immediately take your vehicle toan authorized INFINITI dealer andhave the headlights adjusted cor-rectly.

When the xenon headlight is initially turnedon, its brightness or color varies slightly.However, the color and brightness will soonstabilize.

O The life of xenon headlights will beshortened by frequent on-off opera-tion. It is generally desirable not to

turn off the headlights for short inter-vals, (for example, when the vehiclestops at a traffic signal). Even whenthe daytime running lights are active(Canada only), the xenon headlightsdo not turn on. This way the life of thexenon headlights is not reduced.

O If the xenon headlight bulb is close toburning out, the brightness will dras-tically decrease, the light will startblinking, or the color of the light willbecome reddish. If one or more of theabove signs appear, contact anINFINITI dealer.


2-24

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

HEADLIGHT SWITCH

Lighting

Turn the switch to the AUTO position:

When the ignition key is in the ON position,the tail light, headlight, instrument light andother lights turn on automatically, dependingon the brightness of the surroundings. Whenthe ignition key is turned to the OFF position,the light will turn off automatically.

When the light switch is turned to the

position, the headlight low or highbeam will turn off.

Turn the switch to the position:

The clearance, tail, license plate and instru-ment lights will come on.

Turn the switch to the position:

Headlights will come on and all the otherlights remain on.

Be sure not to put anything on top of thephoto sensor located on the top right-

hand side of the instrument panel. Thephoto sensor controls the autolamp; if itis covered, the photo sensor reacts as ifit is dark and the headlights will illumi-nate.

Battery saver systemO When the headlight switch is in the

or position while the ignitionkey is in the ON position, the lightsincluding the front fog light will automati-cally turn off 45 seconds after the ignitionswitch has been turned to the OFF posi-tion. However, the lights will turn off if thedriver’s or front passenger’s door isopened in this condition.

O When the headlight switch remains in theor position after the lights

automatically turn off, the lights will turnon when the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position from the OFF position.

SII0079

SII0318


2-25

Z 00.8.7/JR50-D/V5 X

CAUTION

O When you turn on the headlightswitch again after the lights auto-matically turns off, the lights willnot turn off automatically. Be sureto turn the light switch to the OFFposition when you leave the ve-hicle for extended periods of time,otherwise the battery will go dead.

O Never leave the light switch onwhen the engine is not running forextended periods of time.

Headlight aiming control

Depending on the number of occupants in thevehicle and the load it is carrying, the head-light axis may be higher than desired. If thevehicle is traveling on a hilly road, theheadlights may directly hit the rearview mirrorof the vehicle ahead or the windshield of theoncoming vehicle. The light axis can belowered with the operation of the switch.

The larger the number designated on theswitch, the lower the axis.

When traveling with no heavy load or on a flatroad, select position 0.

Xenon headlights are extremely brightcompared to conventional headlights. Ifthe xenon headlights hit the rearviewmirror of the vehicle ahead or the wind-shield of the oncoming vehicle, thedriver of these vehicles may have diffi-culty driving because of the brightness.Use the headlight aiming control switchto lower the light axis. See “Headlightand turn signal switch” earlier in thissection for information on xenon head-lights.

SII0306


2-26

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

Instrument brightness control

The instrument brightness control operateswhen the head light switch is in the or

position.

Turn the control to adjust the brightness ofthe instrument panel lights.

When the control is turned upward until aclick sound is heard, the light intensity will beat maximum. When the control is turneddownward until a click sound is heard or felt,the light will be turned off.

Headlight beam select

To select the high beam, push the leverforward. Pull it back to select the low beam.

Passing signalPulling the lever toward you will flash theheadlight high beam.

Daytime running light system(Canada only)

The headlights automatically illuminate at areduced intensity when the engine is startedwith the parking brake released. The daytimerunning lights operate with the headlightswitch in the OFF position or in the po-sition. Turn the headlight switch to the

position for full illumination when driv-ing at night.

If the parking brake is applied before theengine is started, the daytime running lightsdo not illuminate. The daytime running lightsilluminate once the parking brake is released.The daytime running lights will remain onuntil the ignition switch is turned off.

WARNING

When the daytime running light sys-

SII0085 SII0080


2-27

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

tem is active, tail lights on yourvehicle are not on. It is necessary atdusk to turn on your headlights.Failure to do so could cause anaccident injuring yourself and oth-ers.

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

Turn signal

Move the lever up or down to signal theturning direction. When the turn is completed,

the turn signals cancel automatically.

Lane change signal

To indicate a lane change, move the lever upor down to the point where lights beginflashing.

FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH

To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlightswitch to the position, then turn theswitch to the position. To turn them off,turn the switch to the OFF position.

The headlights must be on for the fog lights tooperate.

HAZARD WARNINGFLASHER SWITCH

The switch is located on the instrument panel.

Push the switch on to warn other drivers whenyou must stop or park under emergencyconditions. All turn signal lights will flash.

Some state laws may prohibit the use ofthe hazard warning flasher switch whiledriving.

SII0083

SII0129

SII0295


2-28

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

WARNING

O If stopping for an emergency, besure to move the vehicle well offthe road.

O Do not use the hazard warningflashers while moving on thehighway unless unusual circum-stances force you to drive soslowly that your vehicle mightbecome a hazard to other traffic.

O Turn signals do not work whenthe hazard warning flasher lightsare on.

The flasher can be actuated with the ignitionswitch either off or on.

HORN

To sound the horn, push the center pad areaof the steering wheel.

HEATED SEATS (if soequipped)

SII0175

SII0296

SII0307


2-29

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

The seats are warmed by built-in heaters. Theswitches located on the center console and therear side of the console box can be operatedindependently of each other.

1. Start the engine.

2. Push the (Low) or (High)position of the switch, as desired, depend-ing on the temperature. The indicator lightin the switch will illuminate.

The heater is controlled by a thermostat,automatically turning the heater on and off.The indicator light will remain on as longas the switch is on.

3. When the vehicle’s interior is warmed orbefore you leave the vehicle, be sure toturn the switch off.

For no heat, the switch has a center OFFposition between low and high.

CAUTION

O Do not use the seat heater for ex-tended periods or when no one isusing the seat.

O Do not put anything on the seatwhich insulates heat, such as ablanket, cushion, seat cover, etc.Otherwise, the seat may becomeoverheated.

O Do not place anything hard orheavy on the seat or pierce it witha pin or similar object. This mayresult in damage to the heater.

O Any liquid spilled on the heatingseat should be removed immedi-ately with a dry cloth.

O When cleaning the seat, neveruse gasoline, thinner, or any

similar materials.

O If any abnormalities are found orthe heating seat does not oper-ate, turn the switch off and havethe system checked by yourINFINITI dealer.

O The battery could run down if theheater is operated while the en-gine is not running.


2-30

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

CLOCKIf the power supply is disconnected, theclock will not indicate the correct time.Readjust the time.

ADJUSTING THE TIMETo adjust the time, turn the adjusting knob.

POWER OUTLETCAUTION

O Use caution as the socket and plugmay be hot during or immediatelyafter use.

O This power outlet is not designedfor use with a cigarette lighterunit.

O Do not use with accessories thatexceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A)power draw. Do not use doubleadapters or more than one elec-trical accessory.

O Use this power outlet with theengine running. (If the engine isstopped, this could result in adischarged battery.)

O Avoid using when the air condi-tioner, headlights or rear window

SII0305

SII0297


2-31

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

defogger is on.

O When not in use, be sure to closethe cap. Do not allow water tocontact the socket.

O Before inserting or disconnectinga plug, be sure to turn off thepower switch of electrical acces-sory being used or the ACC powerof the vehicle.

O Push the plug in as far as it willgo. If good contact is not made,the plug may overheat or the in-ternal temperature fuse mayblow.

CIGARETTE LIGHTER ANDASHTRAYThe cigarette lighter operates when the igni-tion switch is in ACC or ON.

Push the lighter in all the way, then release it.When the lighter is heated, it will spring out.

Return the lighter to its original position afteruse.

WARNING

The cigarette lighter should not beused while driving so full attentionmay be given to vehicle operation.

CAUTION

The cigarette lighter socket is apower source for the cigarette lighterelement only. The use of the ciga-rette lighter socket as a power sourcefor any other accessory is not recom-mended.

STORAGETRAY

SII0165

SII0298


2-32

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

WARNING

The storage tray should not be usedwhile driving so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

Do not place valuable items in the tray.

GLASSES CASE

The glasses case can be opened by pushingthe button.

WARNING

The glasses case should not be usedwhile driving so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

CAUTION

O Do not use for anything other thanglasses.

O Do not leave glasses in theglasses case while parking in di-rect sunlight. The heat may dam-age the glasses.

SII0134


2-33

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

CUP HOLDERS

The front cup holder in front of the centerconsole box has an insert that can be removedfor larger cups.

Use the insert for the front cup holder so thatits upper surface is flush with that of theinsert.

WARNING

The cup holder should not be usedwhile driving so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

CAUTION

O Avoid abrupt starting and brakingwhen the cup holder is being usedto prevent spilling the drink. If theliquid is hot, it can scald you oryour passenger.

O Use only soft cups in the cupholder. Hard objects can injureyou in an accident.

SII0316

SII0300


2-34

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

GLOVE BOX

When locking or unlocking the glove box, usethe master key.The glove box may be opened by pulling thehandle.

WARNING

Keep the glove box lid closed whiledriving to help prevent injury in an ac-cident or a sudden stop.

CONSOLE BOX

WARNING

O The center console box should notbe used while driving so full atten-tion may be given to vehicle op-eration.

O Keep the center console box lidclosed while driving to preventinjury in an accident or suddenstop.

Do not place valuable items in the cen-ter console box.

SII0301

SII0302


2-35

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

LUGGAGE STORAGE

WARNING

Keep luggage side console box lidsclosed securely while driving to pre-vent injury in an accident or suddenstop.

Do not place valuable items in the lug-gage side console box.

SII0136

SII0137


2-36

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

WARNING

O Make sure the luggage boardcloses securely.

O Do not drive with the board re-moved.


O Never allow anyone to ride in theluggage area or on the rear seatwhen it is in the fold-down posi-tion.

O It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area inside of a ve-hicle. In a collision, people riding

in these areas are more likely tobe seriously injured or killed.

O Do not allow people to ride in anyarea of your vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seatbelts.

LUGGAGE HOOKS

The luggage hooks can be used to securecargo with ropes or other types of straps.

WARNING

O Properly secure all cargo to helpprevent it from sliding or shifting.Do not place cargo higher than theseatbacks. In a sudden stop or col-lision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

O Use suitable ropes and hooks tosecure cargo.

O Never allow anyone to ride in theluggage area. It is extremely dan-gerous to ride in a cargo areainside of a vehicle. In a collision,people riding in these areas aremore likely to be seriously in-jured or killed.


O Be sure everyone in your vehicleis in a seat and using a seat beltproperly.


2-37

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

Side finisher

O When hooking on ropes, do not applya load of more than 22 lb (98 N) to asingle hook.

O Do not use the luggage net betweenthe A and B hooks.

Floor hooks CARGO NETThe cargo net keeps packages in the cargoarea from moving around while your vehicle isdriven.

SIP0174 SIP0175

SIP0173A


2-38

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

To install the cargo net, attach the four hooksto the four retainers.

To remove the cargo net, detach the fourhooks from the cargo net retainers.

WARNING


O Be sure to secure all four hooksinto the retainers. The cargo re-strained in the net must not ex-ceed 30 lbs. (13.6 kg) or the netmay not stay secured.

TONNEAU COVER

The tonneau cover keeps the luggage com-partment contents hidden from the outside.

To open the tonneau cover, pull it out andhang both sides on the hooks. To close thetonneau cover, remove it from the hooks andrelease it.

WARNING

O Never put anything on the tonneaucover, no matter how small. Anyobject on it could cause an injuryin an accident or sudden stop.

O Do not leave the tonneau cover inthe vehicle with it disengagedfrom the holder.


SII0138


2-39

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

LUGGAGE RACK

The cross-bars can be adjusted forward andbackward. Place your luggage between thebars (A), adjust the bars (A), and secure theluggage with rope to the bars (A). There arealso adjustable loops on the side bars for therope attachment.

Always evenly distribute the luggage on theluggage rack. Do not load more than 100lbs. (45 kg). Be careful that your vehicledoes not exceed the Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR) or its Gross Axle Weight

Rating (GAWR front and rear). The GVWR andGAWR are located on the Safety ComplianceCertification Label (located on the driver’sdoor pillar). For more information regardingGVWR and GAWR, refer to “10. Technical andcustomer information”.

Ensure both front and rear bars (A) areinstalled correctly. See illustration fordetails.

CAUTION

Use care when placing or removingitems from the luggage rack. If youcannot comfortably lift the items ontothe luggage rack from the ground,use a ladder or stool.

WINDOWS

WARNING

O Make sure that all passengershave their hands, etc. inside thevehicle before closing the win-dows.

O Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They couldunknowingly activate switches or

SII0315


2-40

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

controls and become trapped in awindow. Unattended childrencould become involved in seriousaccidents.

POWER WINDOWSThe power windows operate when the ignitionkey is in the ON position.

To open or close the window, push down orpull up the switch and hold it. The main

switch (driver side switches) will open orclose all the windows.

The power windows are operational for about45 seconds, even after the ignition key isturned to the OFF position. If the driver’s orfront passenger’s door is opened during thisperiod of about 45 seconds, power to thewindows is canceled.

The passenger side switch will open or closeonly the corresponding window. To open orclose the window, hold the switch down or up.

Locking passenger’s windowsWhen the lock button is pushed in, only thedriver side window can be opened or closed.Push it in again to cancel.

SII0303SII0271

SII0198A


2-41

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

Automatic operation

To fully open or close the front windows,

completely press down or up the switch andrelease it; it need not be held. The window willautomatically open or close all the way. Tostop the window, just pull up or down theswitch toward the close or open side.

A light press on the switch will cause thewindow to open or close until the switch isreleased.

Auto reverse function (For frontwindows)If the control unit detects something caught inthe front window as it moves up, the windowwill be immediately lowered.

The auto reverse function can be activatedwhen the front window is closed by automaticoperation when the ignition key is in the ONposition or for about 45 seconds after theignition key is turned to the OFF position.

Depending on the environment or driv-ing conditions, the auto reverse functionmay be activated if an impact or load

similar to something being caught in thewindow occurs.

WARNING

There are some small distances im-mediately before the closed positionwhich cannot be detected. Make surethat all passengers have their hands,etc., inside the vehicle before clos-ing the window.

SUNROOF (if so equipped)

ELECTRIC SUNROOF

The sun roof will only operate when theignition key is in the ON position.

The automatic sunroof is operational for about45 seconds, even after the ignition key isturned to the OFF position. If the driver’s orfront passenger’s door is opened during this

SII0272

SII0280


2-42

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

period of about 45 seconds, power to thesunroof is canceled.

Sliding the sunroof

To open the roof, press and hold the switch tothe side.

To close the roof, press and hold the switch tothe side.

Auto reverse function (Whenclosing the sunroof)

If the control unit detects something caught in

the sunroof as it moves to the front, thesunroof will immediately open backward.

The auto reverse function can be activatedwhen the sunroof is closed by automaticoperation when the ignition key is in the ONposition or for about 45 seconds after theignition key is turned to the OFF position.

Depending on the environment or driv-ing conditions, the auto reverse functionmay be activated if an impact or loadsimilar to something being caught in thesunroof occurs.

WARNING

There are some small distances im-mediately before the closed positionwhich cannot be detected. Make surethat all passengers have their hands,etc., inside the vehicle before clos-

ing the sunroof.

Tilting the sunroof

To tilt up, first close the sunroof, then pressand hold the side of the tilt switch.

To tilt down the sunroof, press and hold theside.

Sun shade

Open/close the sun shade by sliding itbackward/forward.

The shade will open automatically when thesunroof is opened. However, it must beclosed manually.

SII0304


2-43

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

WARNING

O In an accident you could be thrownfrom the vehicle through an opensunroof. Always use seat belts andchild restraints.

O Do not allow anyone to stand upor extend any portion of theirbody out of the opening while thevehicle is in motion or while thesunroof is closing.

CAUTION

O Remove water drops, snow, ice orsand from the sunroof beforeopening.

O Do not place any heavy object onthe sunroof or surrounding area.

If the sunroof does not closeHave your INFINITI dealer check and repair thesunroof.

SII0145


2-44

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

INTERIOR LIGHTS (if soequipped)

The interior lights have a three positionswitch.

When the switch is in the center j position,the lights will illuminate when a door isopened.

The ceiling light will stay on for about 30seconds when:

O The driver’s door is unlocked by themulti-remote controller, a key or the powerdoor lock switch when all doors arelocked.

O The driver’s door is opened and thenclosed without the key in the ignitionswitch.

O The key is removed from the ignitionswitch while all doors are closed.

The ceiling light will turn off while the 30second timer is activated when:

O The driver’s door is locked either with themulti-remote controller, a key, or the

power door lock switch.

O The ignition switch is turned ON.

When the interior light switch or the personallight switch is in the ON position, the interior,personal and vanity mirror lights will auto-matically turn off 30 minutes after the ignitionswitch has been turned to the OFF position tosave the battery. To turn on the lights again,insert the key into the ignition switch andmove it to the ON position.

After the above procedure, the interior, per-sonal, or vanity mirror lights will automaticallyturn off 30 minutes after the latest operation ofthe following with the ignition switch in theACC or OFF position:

O Opening or closing any door

O Locking or unlocking any door with themulti-remote controller, a key or the powerdoor lock switch.SII0147A


2-45

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

O Inserting or removing a key from theignition switch

These lights will turn on again when any of theabove operations is performed after the lightshave turned off automatically. (The lights willturn off 30 minutes after the latest operation ofthe above as well.)

CAUTION

O Do not use for extended periods oftime with the engine stopped. Thiscould result in a discharged bat-tery.

O Turn off the interior, personal andvanity mirror lights when youleave the vehicle.

PERSONAL LIGHT

When the interior light switch or the personallight switch is in the ON position, the interior,personal and vanity mirror lights will auto-matically turn off 30 minutes after the ignitionswitch has been turned to the OFF position.To turn on the lights again, insert the key intothe ignition switch and move it to the ONposition.

CAUTION

O Do not use for extended periods oftime with the engine stopped. Thiscould result in a discharged bat-tery.

O Turn off the interior, personal andvanity mirror lights when youleave the vehicle.

VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS

SII0149

SII0148


2-46

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

The light on the vanity mirror will turn onwhen the cover on the vanity mirror is opened.

INTEGRATED HomeLinkTUNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVERThe Integrated HomeLinkT Universal Trans-ceiver provides a convenient way to consoli-date the functions of up to three individualhand-held transmitters into one built-in de-vice.

Integrated HomeLinkT Universal Transceiver:

O Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF)devices such as garage doors, gates, homeand office lighting, entry door locks andsecurity systems.

O Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. Noseparate batteries are required. If the vehi-cle’s battery is discharged or is discon-nected, HomeLinkT will retain all pro-gramming.

O Will turn off 30 minutes after the ignitionswitch has been turned to the OFF posi-tion.

Once the Integrated HomeLinkT Univer-sal Transceiver is programmed, retainthe original transmitter for future pro-gramming procedures (i.e., new vehiclepurchases). Upon sale of the vehicle,the programmed Integrated HomeLinkTUniversal Transceiver buttons should beerased for security purposes. For addi-tional information, refer to “Program-ming the Integrated HomeLinkT Univer-sal Transceiver” later in this section.

WARNING

O Do not use the IntegratedHomeLinkT Universal Transceiverwith any garage door opener thatlacks safety stop and reverse fea-tures as required by federal safetystandards. (These standards be-came effective for opener modelsmanufactured after April 1, 1982.)

O A garage door opener which can-not detect an object in the path ofa closing garage door and thenautomatically stop and reverse,does not meet current federalsafety standards. Using a garagedoor opener without these fea-tures increases the risk of seriousinjury or death.


2-47

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

During programming, your ga-rage door or gate may open orclose. Make sure that people andobjects are clear of the garagedoor or gate that you are pro-gramming.

O Your vehicle’s engine should beturned off while programming theIntegrated HomeLinkT UniversalTransceiver. PROGRAMMING HomeLinkT

1. With the ignition key in the OFF position,press and hold the two outside buttons,and release when the indicator light beginsto flash (approximately 20 seconds). Thisprocedure erases the factory set defaultcodes and does not have to be followedwhen programming additional hand-heldtransmitters.

2. Hold the end of the hand-held transmitter(from the device you wish to train) ap-proximately 2 to 5 inches (50 to 127 mm)

away from the surface of HomeLinkTkeeping the indicator light in view.

3. Using both hands, simultaneously pushthe hand-held transmitter button and thedesired HomeLinkT button. Do not releasethe buttons until step 4 has been com-pleted.

NOTE:

Some garage door openers may re-quire the procedures noted under“Canadian Programming”.

4. The HomeLinkT indicator light will flash,first slowly and then rapidly. When theindicator light flashes rapidly, both buttonsmay be released. The rapid flashing lightindicates the Integrated HomeLinkT Uni-versal Transceiver has been successfullyprogrammed.

To program the remaining two buttons, followsteps 2 through 4.

SIP0198


2-48

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

If, after repeated attempts, you do not suc-cessfully program the Integrated HomeLinkTUniversal Transceiver to learn the signal of thehand-held transmitter, refer to “Rolling CodeProgramming” later in this section.

PROGRAMMING HomeLinkTFOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS

Prior to 1992, D.O.C. regulations requiredhand-held transmitters to stop transmittingafter 2 seconds. To program your hand-heldtransmitter to HomeLinkT, continue to pressand hold the HomeLinkT button (note steps 2through 4 under “Programming HomeLinkT”)while you press and re-press (“cycle”) yourhand-held transmitter every 2 seconds untilthe indicator light flashes rapidly (indicatingsuccessful programming).

NOTE:

If programming a garage door opener,etc., it is advised to unplug the deviceduring the “cycling” process to prevent

possible damage to the garage dooropener components.

OPERATING THE INTEGRATEDHomeLinkT UNIVERSAL TRANS-CEIVER

The Integrated HomeLinkT Universal Trans-ceiver (once programmed) may now be usedto activate the garage door, etc. To operate,simply press the appropriate programmedIntegrated HomeLinkT Universal Transceiverbutton. The red indicator light will illuminatewhile the signal is being transmitted.

PROGRAMMING TROUBLE-DIAGNOSIS

If the HomeLinkT does not quickly learn thehand-held transmitter information:

O replace the hand-held transmitter batterieswith new batteries.

O position the hand-held transmitter with its

battery area facing away from theHomeLinkT surface.

O press and hold both the HomeLinkT andhand-held transmitter buttons without in-terruption.

O position the hand-held transmitter 2 to 5inches (50 to 127 mm) away from theHomeLinkT surface. Hold the transmitterin that position for up to 15 seconds. IfHomeLinkT is not programmed within thattime, try holding the transmitter in anotherposition - keeping the indicator light inview at all times.

If you continue to have programming difficul-ties, please contact the INFINITI ConsumerAffairs Department. The phone numbers arelocated in the Foreword of this Owner’sManual.

CLEARING THE PROGRAMMEDINFORMATIONIndividual buttons cannot be cleared, however


2-49

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

to clear all programming, press and hold thetwo outside buttons and release when theindicator light begins to flash (approximately20 seconds).

ROLLING CODE PROGRAM-MINGRolling code garage door openers (or otherrolling code devices) which are “code pro-tected” and manufactured after 1996, may bedetermined by the following.

A. Reference the garage door opener Owner’sManual for verification.

B. The hand-held transmitter appears to pro-gram the Integrated HomeLinkT UniversalTransceiver but does not activate the ga-rage door.

C. Press and hold the trained HomeLinkTbutton. If the garage door opener has therolling code feature, the HomeLinkT indi-cator light will flash rapidly, then remainson after 2 seconds.

To program the Integrated HomeLinkT Uni-versal Transceiver to a garage door openerwith the rolling code feature, follow theseinstructions after completing the “Program-ming HomeLinkT” (the aid of a second personmay make the following procedures quickerand easier).

1. Locate the training button on the garagedoor opener motor unit. Exact location andcolor of the button may vary by garagedoor opener brand. If there is difficultylocating the training button, reference thegarage door opener Owner’s Manual.

2. Press the training button on the garagedoor opener motor unit (which may acti-vate a training light).

NOTE:

Following step 2, there are 30 sec-onds in which to initiate step 3.

3. Firmly press and release the programmedHomeLinkT button. Press and release the

HomeLinkT button a second time to com-plete the training process. (Some garagedoor openers may require you to do thisprocedure a third time to complete thetraining.)

The garage door opener should now recognizethe Integrated HomeLinkT Universal Trans-ceiver and activate when the HomeLinkTbutton is pressed. The remaining two buttonsmay now be programmed (if not yet pro-grammed, follow steps 2 through 4 in the“Programming HomeLinkT” procedures ear-lier in this section).

REPROGRAMMING A SINGLEHomeLinkT BUTTONTo reprogram an Integrated HomeLinkT Uni-versal Transceiver button, complete the fol-lowing.

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLinkTbutton. Do not release the button untilstep 4 has been completed.


2-50

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

2. When the indicator light begins to flashslowly (after 20 seconds), position thehand-held transmitter 2 to 5 inches (50 to127 mm) away from the HomeLinkT sur-face.

3. Press and hold the hand-held transmitterbutton.

4. The HomeLinkT indicator light will flash,first slowly and then rapidly. When theindicator light begins to flash rapidly,release both buttons.

The Integrated HomeLinkT Universal Trans-ceiver button has now been reprogrammed.The new device can be activated by pushingthe HomeLinkT button that was just pro-grammed. This procedure will not affect anyother programmed HomeLinkT buttons.

IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLENIf your vehicle is stolen, you should changethe codes of any non-rolling code device thathas been programmed into HomeLinkT. Con-sult the Owner’s Manual of each device or callthe manufacturer or dealer of those devices foradditional information.

When your vehicle is recovered, you willneed to reprogram the IntegratedHomeLinkT Universal Transceiver withyour new transmitter information.

FCC Notice:

This device complies with FCC rules part15. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) This device may notcause harmful interference and (2) Thisdevice must accept any interference thatmay be received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

The transmitter has been tested andcomplies with FCC and DOC/MDC rules.

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s au-thority to operate the device.

DOC: ISTC 1763K1313

FCC I.D.: CB2V67690

INFINITI COMMUNICATOR(if so equipped)

CAUTION

It is important that you fully under-stand the limitations of the InfinitiCommunicator system prior to use.

There are limitations to the Infiniti Communi-cator system. Please make sure you under-stand the limitations before using InfinitiCommunicator. See “System limitations” laterin this section.


2-51

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

INFINITI COMMUNICATORPURPOSE

The purpose of Infiniti Communicator is toprovide you with increased security by givingyou a convenient way of contacting the mostappropriate emergency assistance providerduring an emergency. You will have a choiceof functions depending on the service contractyou choose.

INFINITI COMMUNICATOROUTLINE

This system uses the Global PositioningSystem (GPS), cellular phone technology andthe Infiniti Response Center to provide thefollowing functions:

O One touch “Mayday” emergency dialing

O One touch “Information” dialing

O Automatic supplemental air bag inflationnotification

O Remote door unlock

O Stolen vehicle tracking

O Alarm notification

SAFE OPERATING RECOMMEN-DATIONS

WARNING

O The Infiniti Communicator systemshould not be used while drivingso full attention may be given tovehicle operation.

O If you must make a call while yourvehicle is in motion, the hands-free cellular phone operationalmode is highly recommended.Exercise extreme caution at alltimes so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.SII0241


2-52

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

O If a conversation in a movingvehicle requires you to takenotes, pull off the road to a safelocation and stop your vehiclebefore doing so.

It is important that you read this Owner’sManual thoroughly to ensure the safe opera-tion of your Infiniti Communicator system.

O The safest calls are those made when thevehicle is stopped.

O Hands-free cellular phone operation ishighly recommended and is easily main-tained by keeping the cellular telephonehandset in the cradle.

QUICK SUMMARYO “Mayday” emergency and

“Information” dialing can take place whenthe ignition key is in the ON position orabout 3 minutes after it is turned OFF.

O There will be a delay of at least 25 secondsfrom the time the “Mayday” emer-gency or “Information” button ispressed until a Infiniti Response Centeroperator answers the call. During thedelay, Infiniti Communicator is making theconnection and transmitting vehicle data tothe Infiniti Response Center. If the cellularlines or landlines are busy, the delay maybe longer.

O Voice communication with the Infiniti Re-sponse Center is all done through ahands-free microphone. Audio is heardthrough the right front door speaker. Toadjust the speaker volume, push the vol-ume up/down switch in the steering switchfor the cellular phone.

O All indicators , , ,show the condition of the system

(transmitting, redialing, etc.). For detailssee “Infiniti Communicator indicator de-scription” later in this section.

O All indicators , , ,illuminate for up to 30 seconds

when the ignition switch is turned fromOFF to ON and the Infiniti Communicatorsystem performs a self check. However, noindicators will illuminate when the ignitionswitch is turned from ON to OFF to ON inless than 3 minutes because the systemremains available.

O If the “Mayday” emergency and“Information” button indicators do

not turn off after the ignition switch isturned ON, or if both button indicatorsilluminate any time while the ignitionswitch is ON except immediately after theignition switch is turned ON, the system isnot working correctly. You will need totake your car to your INFINITI dealer. TheInfiniti Communicator system may stilloperate in some cases.

O When the Infiniti Communicator contactsthe Communicator Response Center, ve-


2-53

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

hicle data, that includes the position ofyour car, is sent to the Response Center.

FUNCTIONS

One touch “Mayday” emergencydialing

If an emergency occurs, press the“Mayday” emergency button. The indicator inthe button blinks and then stays on, indicatingthe Infiniti Response Center is being con-tacted. When Infiniti Communicator connectswith the Infiniti Response Center, vehicleinformation, including the type of call (May-day) and vehicle position, is transmitted to theInfiniti Response Center. Voice communica-tion using the Infiniti Communicator system isnot possible when data is being transmitted.After the data is transmitted, the Infiniti Re-sponse Center operator will come on-line tospeak with you. The Response Center operatorwill contact emergency crews and send themto your location, if you request them. If you do

not answer the operator, or if the operatorhears something that sounds like an emer-gency, emergency crews will be informed. Ifno emergency exists, the Response Centeroperator will ask you to give the prearrangedpassword. A false password will be interpretedas a duress situation. This will prompt theoperator to dispatch emergency assistance.The operator will also appear to end the call,but will covertly monitor your vehicle untilassistance arrives.

One touch “Information” dialingIf the vehicle becomes disabled because ofengine or other trouble, press the “In-formation” button for roadside service. Theindicator in the button blinks and then stayson, indicating the Infiniti Response Center isbeing contacted. When Infiniti Communicatorconnects with the Infiniti Response Center,vehicle information, including the type of call(Information) and vehicle position, is trans-mitted to the Response Center. Voice commu-

nication using the system is not possiblewhen data is being transmitted. After the datais transmitted, the Infiniti Response Centeroperator will come on-line to speak with you.This button may also be used to obtain moreinformation about your Infiniti Communicatorsystem. You may also use the “Information”button to request services that may be addedin the future.

Automatic supplemental air baginflation notificationWhen the supplemental air bag inflates, it isassumed that a collision has taken place.Infiniti Communicator contacts the InfinitiResponse Center, even if the “Mayday”emergency dialing button is not pressed. TheInfiniti Response Center notifies the appropri-ate local agencies. The Infiniti ResponseCenter will attempt to contact you. If contact isestablished, the Infiniti Response Center willprovide the responding emergency crews withinformation about your condition. The Infiniti


2-54

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

Response Center will stay in contact until theemergency crews arrive.

Remote door unlock

If you lock the keys in your car, you can callthe Infiniti Response Center by telephone.Refer to your Infiniti Communicator Card forthe Infiniti Response Center telephone num-ber. The Infiniti Consumer Affairs departmentcan also provide the telephone number for theInfiniti Response Center. Keep this numberwhere it will be available when your vehicle islocked. You are required to provide a prear-ranged password to confirm your identity.Upon verification that you are the owner, theInfiniti Response Center will instruct you howto open the door.

Stolen vehicle trackingIn some cases of theft, your car can be trackedby the Infiniti Response Center. This functionallows the verified owner of the car to contactthe Infiniti Response Center to attempt to

locate the stolen car. If you have not done so,the Infiniti Response Center operator will helpyou file a stolen vehicle report with theappropriate police department. A stolen ve-hicle report is often required before theauthorities will dispatch police officers to thevehicle location. Call the Infiniti ResponseCenter by telephone. Refer to your InfinitiCommunicator Card for the Infiniti ResponseCenter telephone number. The Infiniti Con-sumer Affairs department can also provide thetelephone number for the Infiniti ResponseCenter. Keep this number where it will beavailable when your vehicle is stolen. In orderto find the location of your stolen car, theignition switch must be in the ON position. Ifthe Infiniti Response Center successfully lo-cates your vehicle, the operator has the abilityto covertly hear what is happening inside thevehicle. The Infiniti Response Center operatorwill report any important information to theauthorities. If you have any concerns about

this feature, you should contact the InfinitiResponse Center.

Alarm notificationIf the vehicle’s theft warning system is acti-vated and stays on for more than 7 seconds,the Infiniti Communicator system automati-cally contacts the Infiniti Response Center.Alarm notification functions regardless of theignition switch position. The Infiniti ResponseCenter will assess the situation and willattempt to call you or your emergency contact,if possible. If you are in the vehicle, the InfinitiResponse Center operator will request yourpassword to verify your identity. It is possiblefor the Infiniti Response Center to covertlyhear what is going on inside the car when thisfunction is ON. If you have any concernsabout this feature, you should contact theInfiniti Response Center.


2-55

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

FUNCTION AND DESCRIPTION

Automatic redial/auto reset toready

When Infiniti Communicator tries to contactthe Infiniti Response Center, but the cellularnetwork is busy, the system attempts to dialfor up to two hours. This time varies greatlydepending on the cellular network and cellularsignal strength. The system resets to readywhen the system completes the dialing at-tempts. You can press the button again if youstill need to contact the Infiniti ResponseCenter. Infiniti Communicator automaticallyredials if communication between you and theInfiniti Response Center is lost for somereason. The only way for a transmission to beofficially terminated is for the Infiniti ResponseCenter to send an end transmission signal,which turns off the indicator in the or

button. All information sent to theInfiniti Response Center is recorded.

If cellular signal strength is low, it is possiblethat Infiniti Communicator will not be able toterminate the transmission. You may have torepress the button if you still need to contactthe Infiniti Response Center.

If there is a natural disaster, such as anearthquake, all of the Infiniti Response Centerphone lines may become busy. The InfinitiCommunicator system in your vehicle will notattempt to recontact the Infiniti ResponseCenter.

Priority Infiniti Response CenterdialingIf you are using the optional cellular phoneand the supplemental air bag inflates or the

“Mayday” or the “Information”button is pressed, your phone transmissionwill be cut so the Infiniti Communicatorsystem can contact the Infiniti ResponseCenter.

RoamingIf you have chosen a local cellular provider foryour optional handset and the company thatyou have contracted with for your cellularphone does not have a roaming agreement forthe area where your vehicle is within the 48contiguous states, it may not be possible touse the lines of a different cellular phonecompany. Therefore, it is possible that InfinitiCommunicator will not be able to contact theInfiniti Response Center.

Data transmissionDuring transmission to the CommunicatorResponse Center, data will be collected on thetype of call, vehicle location, direction andspeed at the time of activation.

Global Positioning System func-tionsThe Global Positioning System (GPS) is usedto obtain the vehicle location. GPS satellitestransmit radio waves and orbit around the


2-56

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

earth at an altitude of approximately 13,000miles (21,000 km). The GPS receiver calcu-lates the three-dimensional position (latitude,longitude, and altitude from sea level) of thevehicle by using the time differences of radiowaves arriving from several GPS satellites.

You cannot receive any Global PositioningSystem (GPS) data in areas where radioreception conditions are poor. In such cases,the latest GPS data received will be transmit-ted to the Infiniti Response Center. Then, theInfiniti Response Center will determine thereliability of the GPS data. If the quality of thedata is too poor or if the data cannot belocated, the Infiniti Response Center operatorwill ask you for your vehicle’s position.Factors such as topography, electronic inter-ference or weather conditions may affect GPSdata and transmission.

O Since radio waves from the GPS satellitesmay be obstructed when driving throughtunnels, near tall buildings near densely

planted trees, underneath double-deck ex-pressways, or in-building parking lots, thesignals may not be received. That is, theenvironment may prevent detection of ve-hicle position or cause errors.

O The US Department of Defense controlsthe GPS satellite signals. Therefore, signaltransmission accuracy may drop or besuspended.

O Avoid placing objects over the GPS an-tenna installed inside the vehicle and donot place portable telephones and hand

held wireless units near the Infiniti Com-municator antennas. Also, keep the frontand/or rear windshield free of snow andice. Since the strength of radio waves fromthe GPS satellites is relatively small, signalquality may drop, resulting in poor or nosignal reception.

Contract with Infiniti ResponseCenter

Since your phone number and cellular phoneprogramming are not known before your car ispurchased, your telephone must be properlyprogrammed to be able to contact the InfinitiResponse Center from your car. You may wantto ask your INFINITI dealer to help you setupthe Infiniti Communicator system.

When you move or change your cellularphone number, please contact the InfinitiResponse Center at 888-870-9898 to have thecontents of the service contract changed. This

SII0184


2-57

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

is necessary for Infiniti Communicator tofunction properly.

When selling your car or ending your servicecontract with the Infiniti Response Center,contact the Response Center.

Activation

You must complete the activation process assoon as possible after service contract iscompleted. Simply press either the

“Mayday” emergency or “Infor-mation” button to begin the activation pro-cess. A Infiniti Response Center operator willverify the information from the application thatyou filled out at your INFINITI dealer. Theoperator also verifies that the GPS systemfunctions correctly and provides a brief orien-tation to the Infiniti Communicator system.Finally, the operator will ask if you would liketo establish a password in the system. TheInfiniti Communicator system remains in ademonstration mode until the setup proce-

dures are completed. If you perform anyoperation, the Infiniti Response Center willrecognize this operation as a demonstrationand will not provide service. A service contractneeds to be completed between you and theInfiniti Response Center and an active accountmust be maintained for you to receive servicefrom the Response Center.

Miscellaneous

O Turning the ignition OFF during a call tothe Infiniti Response Center will not inter-rupt your conversation unless there is aproblem with the battery. To protect thebattery, you may want to use the systemwhile the engine is running (except whenrunning the engine may be dangerous,such as after an accident or in an enclosedspace like a garage).

O If you start the engine during a call, yourconversation may be interrupted. Whenthis happens the system may try to resume

transmission once the engine has beenstarted.

O Audio, such as the radio, cassette orcompact disc, is unavailable (Auto mute)as long as Infiniti Communicator is con-nected to the Infiniti Response Center,unless the vehicle is being monitored incase of theft or in duress situations.

O When stolen vehicle tracking and alarmnotification are used with the optionalhandset connected, some indications are,at times, sent to the handset.

O When the audio mode is switched to thedata mode on completion of the call abeeping or hissing noise may be heard.The noise occurs because the call is beingmade through the modem. What you hearis the modem switching between voice anddata modes. This is normal and does notindicate a malfunction.

O If battery power is lost, for any reason,


2-58

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

during a call to the Infiniti ResponseCenter, Infiniti Communicator will auto-matically attempt to redial the ResponseCenter when battery power is restored.

INFINITI COMMUNICATORINDICATOR DESCRIPTION

All indicators areON

O All indicators are turned ON for up to 30seconds when the ignition key is turnedfrom OFF to ON. This is normal operation.

O If there is a fault in the system, the“Mayday” emergency and

“Information” button indicators remain ONand the system may not work correctly.

O If only the “Mayday” emergencybutton indicator is ON when the ignition isturned from OFF to ON and the button wasnot pressed, the Infiniti Communicatorsystem may not be working correctly.

“Mayday” emergency but-ton indicator blinking

The “Mayday” emergency button was pressed.Infiniti Communicator is trying to acquire anavailable cellular channel.

“Mayday” emergency but-ton indicator ON

The “Mayday” emergency button was pressed.System is connected to a cell and is commu-nicating information to the Infiniti ResponseCenter.

“Information” button indi-cator blinking

The “Information” button was pressed. InfinitiCommunicator is trying to acquire an avail-able cellular channel.

“Information” button indi-cator ON

The “Information” button was pressed. Thesystem is connected to a cell and is commu-

nicating information to the Infiniti ResponseCenter.

Redial indicatorON/blinking

The initial connection was not successful.Infiniti Communicator is attempting to redialto contact the Infiniti Response Center. Theredial indicator may blink before the buttonindicator blink.

No service indicator ONCellular phone is outside of cellular phonetransmission range. Infiniti Communicator willnot be able to contact the Infiniti ResponseCenter until the phone is inside of cellularphone transmission range. If you choose theoptional handset, the Infiniti Communicatorsystem’s No service indicator and the handsetdisplay are not synchronized. The handset andInfiniti Communicator system No service in-dicator do not turn on or off at the same time.


2-59

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

Redial and no ser-vice indicators ON

Infiniti Communicator was activated inside ofcellular phone transmission range, but thevehicle was driven out of cellular phonetransmission range. Infiniti Communicatorlost the signal so it tries to redial. InfinitiCommunicator will attempt to reestablish con-tact for 30 minutes.

Redial and no ser-vice indicators al-ternating ON andOFF

Infiniti Communicator is contacting the InfinitiResponse Center when Infiniti Communicatoris in demonstration mode. The Infiniti Re-sponse Center will not provide serviceuntil the setup procedures are com-pleted.

PAYMENT FOR INFINITI COM-MUNICATOR USE

It is the owner’s responsibility to maintain anactive account with the cellular provider andInfiniti Response Center. If either account isinactive, Infiniti Communicator will not oper-ate.

SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

The Infiniti Communicator system relies onthe cellular network. The Infiniti Communica-tor system is subject to the same limitationsthat affect cellular phone operation.

Since Infiniti Communicator is powered by thevehicle’s battery, if the battery is removed,damaged or discharged, the system will notwork.

Service areaService is provided in the 48 contiguousstates. Service is not available inAlaska, Hawaii, Canada, or Mexico. The

Infiniti Response Center will not be ableto locate your car outside of the conti-nental United States.

Inoperative if cellular system isbusyThe number of available cellular lines islimited in a particular area and varies accord-ing to call volume. Once the call volumereaches the maximum, any additional callscannot be processed. When Infiniti Commu-nicator encounters such a situation, the sys-tem attempts to dial for up to two hours. Thistime varies greatly depending on the cellularnetwork and cellular signal strength. Thesystem resets to ready when the systemcompletes the dialing attempts. You can pressthe button again if you still need to contact theInfiniti Response Center. After several failedattempts the system will quit dialing andreturn to normal mode.


2-60

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

Cellular PIN featuresSome local cellular providers offer customphone numbers that are assigned a PersonalIdentification Number (PIN). The cellularphone user is required to enter the PIN anytime a phone call is made. The InfinitiCommunicator system is not compatible withthe PIN feature. A PIN requirement on yourcellular phone will cause the Infiniti Commu-nicator system to be inoperative. When com-pleting your service contract with your cellularprovider, ask your carrier to assign you anumber that does not require a PIN.

Special cellular featuresSome cellular providers offer special featuressuch as call waiting, voice mail, call forward-ing, etc. These features can interfere withInfiniti Communicator system operation.

Cellular airwave interferenceAt times you may hear someone other than theInfiniti Response Center operator talking. This

is caused by cellular airwave interference andis not caused by an Infiniti Communicatorsystem malfunction. Generally, if you aredriving, the interference will go away. Ifcellular airwave interference occurs when theInfiniti Communicator system is transmittingdata to the Infiniti Response Center, the InfinitiCommunicator system automatically switchesto voice communications. There may be caseswhere cellular airwave interference may pre-vent the Infiniti Communicator System fromcompleting the connection to the Infiniti Re-sponse Center.

SecurityThe Infiniti Communicator system uses thecellular phone network. Conversations anddata transmissions are not secure. Thirdparties may be able to listen to your conver-sation.

Aftermarket accessoriesWhen installing a CB radio or car phone inyour INFINITI, be sure to observe the follow-ing cautions. Otherwise, the new equipmentmay adversely affect the Multiport Fuel Injec-tion system, Infiniti Communicator system, orother electronic parts.

Potentially inoperative if the ve-hicle is in an accidentIf you are involved in an accident, InfinitiCommunicator may also be damaged. SinceInfiniti Communicator is powered from thevehicle, damaged Infiniti Communicator re-lated components such as the battery willdisable the system.

Inoperative if cellular phone isinactive or inoperativeInfiniti Communicator will be inoperative ifyou do not have an active cellular accountwith a cellular provider. Since Infiniti Com-municator relies on the cellular network, the


2-61

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

system will not work if the cellular service oryour cellular phone is inactive.

When the Infiniti Communicator system isoutside of cellular service, the indicatorwill illuminate. If you try to activate InfinitiCommunicator, the request will be canceled.Cellular phone transmission may becometemporarily disabled, or interrupted by envi-ronmental factors such as tunnels, bridges, ortall buildings. When Infiniti Communicatorencounters such a situation, the system at-tempts to dial for up to two hours. This timevaries greatly depending on the cellular net-work and cellular signal strength. The systemresets to ready when the system completes thedialing attempts. You can press the buttonagain if you still need to contact the InfinitiResponse Center. After several failed attemptsthe system will quit dialing and return tonormal mode.

Phone number changes

The Infiniti Communicator system is onlycapable of accepting up to approximately 15phone number changes. Additional InfinitiCommunicator system components may needto be purchased if your phone numberchanges more than 15 times.

CAUTION

O Keep antennas as far away as pos-sible from electronic control units(including radio and Infiniti Com-municator system components).

O Keep antenna wire more than 8 in(20 cm) away from the MultiportFuel Injection and Infiniti Com-municator harnesses. Do notroute antenna wires next to anyother harness.

FALSE ACTIVATIONS ANDPASSWORD SELECTIONS

When you complete the contract with theInfiniti Response Center, you will be given theoption of establishing a user password. Youare strongly encouraged to establish a pass-word. The password is used to verify youridentity in the following situations:

O You will be asked to provide a password ifyour make a request to unlock the doorsby remote operation.

O When the “Mayday” emergency but-ton has been pressed in any nonemer-gency situation. The Infiniti ResponseCenter operator will come online and askfor your password to verify your identity. Ifan incorrect password is provided, theInfiniti Response Center operator will as-sume you are under duress. The operatorwill covertly monitor what is happeninginside the vehicle and contact the police.


2-62

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

The operator will provide the police withthe latest/current vehicle location. You donot need to have a password if you needemergency services. If you choose not toestablish a password, simply indicate tothe operator that the assistance requestwas initiated in error and the call will beterminated.

O If the vehicle’s theft warning system wasactivated for more than seven seconds, theInfiniti Communicator system contacts theInfiniti Response Center. The Infiniti Re-sponse Center operator will come onlineand request the password from the occu-pant. If no password or an incorrectpassword is provided, the operator willcontact the police and provide them withthe latest/current vehicle location.

Choose a password that will not be easy forsomeone else to figure out.

All other aspects of your service will beidentical regardless of your password deci-sion.

STEERING WHEEL SWITCHFOR CELLULAR PHONE(if so equipped)

You can receive phone calls and also adjustthe volume during the conversation. To re-ceive a phone call, press the send/endswitch. The audio system automatically turnsoff (auto mute) during the call. Press the

send/end switch to end the call. Theaudio system will automatically turn on inabout four seconds.

SWITCH OPERATIONS

Send/endO When a call is received, press the

send/end switch to permit conver-sation.

O At the completion of the conversation,press the send/end switch to termi-nate the call.

Volume up/downTo adjust the right front door speaker volume,push the volume up/down switch.SII0247


2-63

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

STEERING WHEEL SWITCHFOR VOLUME CONTROL (ifso equipped)

To adjust the right front door speaker volume,push the volume control switch.

SIH0054B

SIH0086


2-64

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

3 PRE-DRIVING CHECKS AND ADJUSTMENTS

Keys............................................................. 3-2Doors........................................................... 3-3

Locking with key .................................... 3-3Locking with inside lock knob ............... 3-3Locking with power door lock switch.... 3-4Child safety rear door lock .................... 3-4

Multi-remote control system....................... 3-4How to use multi-remote controlsystem.................................................... 3-6Battery replacement ............................... 3-9

Hood .......................................................... 3-10Rear door .................................................. 3-10

Key operation ....................................... 3-10Glass hatch................................................ 3-11

Opener operation.................................. 3-11

Key operation ....................................... 3-12Fuel filler lid............................................... 3-13

Opener operation.................................. 3-13Fuel filler cap........................................ 3-13

Steering wheel ........................................... 3-15Tilt operation ........................................ 3-15

Sun visors ................................................. 3-15Using the sun visors............................ 3-16

Mirrors....................................................... 3-16Inside mirror ........................................ 3-16Outside mirrors .................................... 3-16

Automatic seat positioner (if soequipped)................................................... 3-17

Automatic seat positioner operation .... 3-17Cancel switch ....................................... 3-19

Z 00.12.8/JR50-D/V5 X

KEYS

You can only drive your vehicle using themaster or valet keys which are registered to

the Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System com-ponents in your vehicle. These keys have atransponder chip in the key head. (The walletkey cannot be used to drive your vehicle.)

The master key and wallet key can be used forall locks.

When the key case with the wallet key isplaced into your wallet, be careful not toapply excessive force to the wallet as itor other cards could be damaged.

The valet key cannot be used for the trunk lidor glove box locks.

To protect belongings when you leave a keywith someone, give them the valet key only.

Never leave these keys in the vehicle.Record the key number on the key numberplate supplied with your keys and keep it in asafe place (such as your wallet), not in thevehicle. INFINITI does not record any keynumber so it is very important to keep track of

your key number plate.A key number is only necessary when youhave lost all keys and do not have one toduplicate from. If you still have a key, this keycan be duplicated by your INFINITI dealer.Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System KEY -Master and Valet keys:The key number is necessary when you needextra Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System keys.As many as 5 Infiniti Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem keys can be used with one vehicle.New keys must be registered to the InfinitiVehicle Immobilizer System components inyour vehicle by your INFINITI dealer. At thistime, you should bring all Infiniti VehicleImmobilizer System keys that you have to yourINFINITI dealer for registration. This is be-cause the registration process will erase allmemory of the Infiniti Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem components.SIP0233C

PRE-DRIVING CHECKS AND ADJUSTMENTS

3-2

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

DOORS

WARNING

O Always have the doors lockedwhile driving. Along with the useof seat belts, this provides greatersafety in the event of an accidentby helping to prevent persons frombeing thrown from the vehicle.This also helps keep children andothers from unintentionally open-ing the doors, and will help keepout intruders.

O Before opening any door, alwayslook for and avoid oncoming traf-fic.

O Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They couldunknowingly activate switches or

controls. Unattended childrencould become involved in seriousaccidents.

LOCKING WITH KEY

Power

The power door lock system allows you tolock or unlock all doors including the backdoor simultaneously.

O Turning the door key to the front of the

vehicle will lock all doors.

O Turning the door key one time to the rearof the vehicle will unlock the correspond-ing door. From that position, returning thekey to neutral (where the key can only beremoved and inserted.) and turning it tothe rear again within 5 seconds will unlockall doors.

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCKKNOB

Power

SIP0124

SIP0125


3-3

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

Pushing or pulling the front door inside lockknob to the lock or unlock position will lock orunlock the corresponding door.

To lock from the outside without a key, movethe inside lock knob to the LOCK position.Then close the door. When locking the doorthis way, be certain not to leave the key insidethe vehicle.

LOCKING WITH POWER DOORLOCK SWITCH

O Operating the power door lock switch will

lock or unlock all doors including the backdoor simultaneously.

All door locks will be engaged when the powerdoor lock switch is moved to the LOCKposition with the driver’s or front passenger’sdoor open. Then close the door and all doorswill be locked.

When the power door lock switch is moved tothe LOCK position while any front doors isopen and a key is in the ignition switch, alldoors will lock once and then unlock auto-matically.

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOORLOCK

Child safety locking helps prevent doors frombeing opened accidentally, especially whensmall children are in the vehicle.

When the lever is in the lock position,the rear door can be opened only fromthe outside.

MULTI-REMOTE CONTROLSYSTEMIt is possible to lock/unlock all doors and

SIP0234A

SIP0126


3-4

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

activate the panic alarm by using the remotecontroller from outside the car.Before locking the doors, make sure thekey is not left in the vehicle.The remote controller can operate at a dis-tance of approximately 33 ft (10 m) from thevehicle. (The effective distance depends uponthe conditions around the vehicle.)As many as four remote controllers can beused with one vehicle. For information con-cerning the purchase and use of additionalremote controllers, contact your INFINITIdealer.

The multi-remote controller will not functionwhen:

O the battery is dead,

O the distance between the vehicle and theremote controller is over 33 ft (10 m).

The panic alarm will not activate whenthe key is in the ignition switch.

CAUTION

The following conditions or occur-rences will damage the remote con-troller.

O Do not allow the remote control-ler to become wet.

O Do not drop the remote controller.

O Do not strike the remote control-ler sharply against another ob-ject.

O Do not place the remote control-ler for an extended period in anarea where temperatures exceed140°F (60°C).

If a multi-remote controller is lost orstolen, INFINITI recommends eras-

ing the ID code of that controller.This will prevent the controller fromunauthorized use to unlock the ve-hicle. For information regarding theerasing procedure, please contactan authorized INFINITI dealer.


3-5

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

HOW TO USE MULTI-REMOTECONTROL SYSTEM

Setting hazard indicator andhorn mode

This vehicle is set in hazard indicator andhorn mode when you first receive the vehicle.

In hazard indicator and horn mode, when theLOCK button is pushed, the hazard indicatorflashes twice and the horn chirps once. Whenthe UNLOCK button is pushed, the hazardindicator flashes once.

If hazard indicator and horn mode is notnecessary, you can switch to hazard indicatoronly mode by following the switching proce-dure below.

In hazard indicator only mode, when the LOCKbutton is pushed, the hazard indicator flashestwice. When the UNLOCK button is pushed,neither the hazard indicator nor the hornoperates.

SIP0266


3-6

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

(Switching procedure)

Press and hold the LOCK and UNLOCKbuttons on the multi-remote controller simul-taneously for at least 2 seconds to switch fromone to the other.

When pushing the buttons to set hazardindicator only mode, the hazard indicatorflashes 3 times.

When pushing the buttons to set hazardindicator and horn mode, the hazard indicatorflashes once and the horn chirps once.

(Operations)

Locking doors

1. Remove the ignition key.*1

2. Close all of the doors.*2

3. Push the LOCK button on the multi-remotecontroller.

4. All of the doors lock.

All of the doors will lock when the LOCKbutton on the multi-remote controller ispushed even though a door remainsopen and/or the ignition key is in the ONposition.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and thehorn chirps once.

SIP0289


3-7

Z 00.11.28/JR50-D/V5 X

When the LOCK button is pushed with alldoors locked, the hazard indicator flashestwice and the horn chirps once as a reminderthat the doors are already locked.

*1: Doors lock with the remote controllerwhile a key is in the ignition switch.However, the panic alarm will not activatewhen the ignition switch is in the ACC orON position.

*2: Doors lock with the remote controllerwhile any door is open. However, hazardand horn chirp mode will not function.

Unlocking doors1. Push the UNLOCK button on the multi-

remote controller.

O Only the driver’s door unlocks

O The interior light turns on and the lighttimer activates for 30 seconds when theswitch is in the center j position.

O The hazard indicator flashes once if alldoors are completely closed with the igni-tion switch in the LOCK, OFF or ACCposition.

All doors will unlock if you keep depressingthe button for more than 5 seconds.2. Keep pushing the UNLOCK button on the

multi-remote controller or push the buttonagain within 5 seconds.

O All doors unlockO The hazard indicator flashes once if all

doors are completely closed.O The interior light will turn on if the ignition

switch is in the LOCK, OFF or ACCposition.

O All doors lock automatically within 5 min-utes after pressing the UNLOCK buttonunless all of the following operations areperformed:O any door is openedO a key is inserted into the ignition

switch the key is turned to the ONposition.

The interior light can be turned off withoutwaiting for 30 seconds by turning the ignitionswitch to the ON position or locking the doorswith the multi-remote controller.Using the panic alarmIf you are near your vehicle and feel threat-ened, you may activate the panic alarm to callattention as follows:1. Push the PANIC button on the multi-

remote controller for longer than 0.5 sec-onds.

2. The panic alarm and headlight will stay onfor 30 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops when:O It has run for 30 seconds, or

O The LOCK or the UNLOCK button ispressed, or

O The PANIC button is pushed on the multi-remote controller.


3-8

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

BATTERY REPLACEMENT Replace the battery as follows:

1. Open the lid using a suitable tool.

2. Replace the battery with a new one.Recommended battery: Sanyo CR2025 orequivalent

Make sure that the ! side faces the bot-tom case.

3. Close the lid securely.

4. Push the remote controller button two orthree times to check its operation.

See your INFINITI dealer if you need anyassistance for replacement.

If the battery is removed for any reasonother than replacement, perform step 4above.O Be careful not to touch a circuit plate

and a battery terminal.O An improperly disposed battery can

harm the environment. Always confirmlocal regulations for battery disposal.

O The multi-remote controller is water-proof; however, if it does get wet, im-mediately wipe completely dry.

O When changing batteries, do not letdust or oil get on the controller.

FCC Notice:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the manufacturer compli-ance could void the user’s authority tooperate the equipment.

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of IndustryCanada.

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may notcause harmful interference, and (2) thisdevice must accept any interference re-ceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the device.

SIP0267


3-9

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

HOOD

1. Pull the hood lock release handle locatedbelow the instrument panel; the hood willthen spring up slightly.

2. Pull the lever at the front of the hood withyour fingertips and raise the hood.

3. Insert the assist bar into the slot in thefront edge of the hood.

4. When closing the hood, reset the assistbar to its original position, then slowlyclose the hood and make sure it locks intoplace.

WARNING

O Make sure the hood is completelyclosed and latched before driving.Failure to do so could cause

the hood to fly open and result inan accident.

O If you see steam or smoke comingfrom the engine compartment, toavoid injury do not open the hood.

REAR DOOR

KEY OPERATIONSIP0270

SIP0268


3-10

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

WARNING

Do not drive with the rear door open.This could allow dangerous exhaustgases to be drawn into the vehicle.See “Precaution when starting anddriving” in the “5. Starting and driv-ing” section for exhaust gas.

1. Turn the key counterclockwise to unlockthe rear door.

Turning the rear door key one time coun-terclockwise will unlock the rear door.From that position, returning the key toneutral (where the key can only the re-moved and inserted) and turning it coun-terclockwise again within 5 seconds willunlock all doors.

2. Pull the opener handle to open the backdoor.

3. To lock the rear door, push it down firmlyand turn the key clockwise.

The power door lock system allows youto lock or unlock all doors including therear door simultaneously.

O Turning the front door key to the frontof the vehicle will lock all doors in-cluding the rear door.

O Turning the front door key one time tothe rear of the vehicle will unlock thecorresponding door. From that posi-tion, returning the key to Neutral(where the key can only be removedand inserted) and turning it to therear again within 5 seconds will un-lock all doors.

GLASS HATCH

WARNING

Do not drive with the glass hatchopen. This could allow dangerous ex-haust gases to be drawn into the ve-hicle. See “Precaution when startingand driving” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section for exhaust gas.

OPENER OPERATION

SIP0244A


3-11

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

The glass hatch release handle is locatedunder the driver’s arm rest.

To open the glass hatch from the inside, pullthe glass hatch opener handle.

The glass hatch will not open while therear window wiper is operating. Openthe glass hatch after the rear windowwiper returns to the STOP position. Toclose the glass hatch, push the glasshatch down securely.

KEY OPERATION

To open the glass hatch, turn the key fullyclockwise and pull the handle. To close, lowerand push the glass hatch down securely.

Other key operations

O Turning the key clockwise locks all doorsincluding the rear door.

O Turning the key counterclockwise unlocksthe rear door.

O Turning the key counterclockwise again

within 5 seconds unlock all doors.

CAUTION

Do not open the glass hatch unlessthe wiper is in the stowed position.

SIP0193B

SIP0269


3-12

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

FUEL FILLER LIDOPENER OPERATION

The fuel filler lid release switch is located onthe floor below the driver’s arm rest.

To open the fuel filler lid, push the openerswitch. To lock, close the fuel filler lidsecurely.

FUEL FILLER CAP

The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type.

Tighten the cap clockwise until ratchetingclicks are heard.

WARNING

O Gasoline is extremely flammableand highly explosive under certainconditions. You could be burnedor seriously injured if it is misusedor mishandled. Always stop en-gine and do not smoke or allowopen flames or sparks near the ve-hicle when refueling.

O Fuel may be under pressure. Turnthe cap one-half turn, and wait forany hissing sound to stop to pre-vent fuel from spraying out andpossible personal injury. Then re-move cap.

O Do not attempt to top off the fueltank often the fuel pump nozzleshuts off automatically. ContinuedSIP0237A

SIP0134


3-13

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

refueling may cause fuel over-flow, resulting in fuel spray andpossibly a fire.

O Only use an original equipmenttype fuel filler cap as a replace-ment. It has a built-in safety valveneeded for proper operation ofthe fuel system and emissioncontrol system. An incorrect capcan result in a serious malfunc-tion and possible injury or it maycause the MIL to illuminate.

O Never pour fuel into the throttlebody to attempt to start your ve-hicle.

CAUTION

O If fuel is spilled on the car body,flush it away with water to avoid

paint damage.

O Tighten until the fuel filler capclicks. Failure to tighten the fuelfiller cap properly may cause the

malfunction indicator lamp(MIL) to illuminate. If the

lamp illuminates becausethe fuel filler cap is loose ormissing, tighten or install the capand continue to drive the vehicle.The lamp should turn offafter a few driving trips. If the

lamp does not turn off aftera few driving trips, have the ve-hicle inspected by an authorizedINFINITI dealer.

O For additional information, see“Malfunction indicator lamp(MIL)” in the “2. Instruments andcontrols” section.

Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder whilerefueling.

SIP0135


3-14

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

STEERING WHEEL

TILT OPERATION

Push the lock lever and while holding it down,adjust the steering wheel up or down to thedesired position.

WARNING

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving. You could lose control

of your vehicle and cause anaccident.

SUN VISORS

SIP0259

SIP0171


3-15

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

USING THE SUN VISORS1. To block out glare from the front, swing

down the main sun visor.

2. To block glare from the side, remove themain sun visor from the center mount andswing it to the side.

3. Then, to block glare from the front too,swing down the sub-sun visor.

4. To adjust the glare block position, slidethe sub-sun visor to the left.

CAUTION

O Do not store the main sun visor be-fore storing the sub-sun visor.

O Do not pull the sub-sun visor forc-edly downwards.

MIRRORSINSIDE MIRRORThe night position will reduce glare from theheadlights of vehicles behind you at night.

WARNING

Use the night position only when nec-essary, because it reduces rear viewclarity.

OUTSIDE MIRRORS

WARNING

Objects viewed in the outside mirroron the passenger side are closer thanthey appear. Be careful when movingto the right. Using only this mirrorcould cause an accident. Use insidemirror or glance over your shoulderto properly judge distances to other

SIP0186

SIP0273


3-16

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

objects.

The outside mirror will operate only when theignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.

Turn the control knob to the right or left toselect the right or left outside mirror, thenadjust.

Foldable outside mirrors

Push the outside mirror backward to fold it.

AUTOMATIC SEATPOSITIONER (if so equipped)AUTOMATIC SEAT POSI-TIONER OPERATIONThis system is designed so that the driver’sseat will automatically move when the auto-matic transmission selector lever is in the P(Park) position. This allows the driver to getinto and out of the driver’s seat more easily.

When one of the following conditions is met,the driver’s seat will slide backward:

O When the key is removed from the ignitionswitch.

O When the driver’s door is opened with thekey turned to ACC or LOCK.

O When the key is turned from ON to LOCKwith the driver’s door open.

When one of the following conditions is met,the driver’s seat will return to the positionsbefore being set.

O When the key is inserted into the ignitionswitch.

O When the driver’s door is closed with thekey turned to ACC or LOCK.

O When the key is turned to ON.

Procedure for storing memory

Two positions can be stored in the automaticdrive positioner memory. Follow these pro-cedures to use the memory system.

1. Set the automatic transmission selector

IPD073M

SIR0135


3-17

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

lever to the P (Park) position.

2. Turn the ignition ON.

3. Adjust the driver’s seat and steering col-umn to the desired positions by manuallyoperating each adjusting switch. For addi-tional information, see “Seats” in the “1.Seats, restraints and supplemental air bagsystems” section and “Steering wheel”earlier in this section.

During this step, do not turn the ignition toany positions other than ON.

4. Push the SET switch and, within 5 sec-onds, push the memory switch 1 or 2 fullyfor at least 1 second.

The indicator light for the pushed memoryswitch will come on and stay on forapproximately 5 seconds after pushing theswitch. After the indicator light goes off,the selected positions are stored in theselected memory (1 or 2).

If memory is stored in the same memoryswitch, the previous memory will be de-leted.

Confirming memory storageO Turn the ignition ON and push the SET

switch. If the main memory has not beenstored, the indicator light will come on forapproximately 0.5 seconds. When thememory has stored the position, the indi-cator light will stay on for approximately 5seconds.

O If the battery cable is disconnected, or ifthe fuse blows, the memory will be can-celed. In such a case, reset the desiredpositions using the following procedures.

1. Open and close the driver’s door morethan two times with the ignition key in theLOCK position.

2. Reset the desired position using the pre-vious procedure.

Selecting the memorized posi-tion

1. Set the automatic transmission selectorlever to the P (Park) position.

2. Turn the ignition ON.

3. Push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for atleast 1 second.

The driver’s seat will move to the memo-rized position with the indicator light flash-ing, and then the light will stay on forapproximately 5 seconds.

When the memory switch 1 or 2 is pushedwith the driver’s door open and then the keyinserted into the ignition switch within ap-proximately 1 minute, the driver’s seat willmove to the memorized position.

System operationThe automatic drive positioner system will notwork or will stop operating under the follow-ing conditions:


3-18

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

O when the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH (7km/h).

O when any two or more of the memoryswitches are simultaneously pushed whilethe automatic drive positioner is operating.

O when the adjusting switch for the driver’sseat is turned on while the automatic drivepositioner is operating.

O when the cancel switch located on theinstrument panel is pushed to cancel.

O when the memory switch 1 or 2 is notpushed for at least 1 second.

O when the seat has been already moved tothe memorized position.

O when no seat position is stored in thememory switch.

CANCEL SWITCH

When the CANCEL side of the switch ispushed, the automatic drive positioner systemwill not function.

When the AUTO side of the switch is pushed,the system will function.

SIR0136


3-19

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

4 HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND AUDIO SYSTEMS

Ventilators.................................................... 4-2Heater and air conditioner (Automatic)....... 4-3

Automatic operation............................... 4-4Manual operation ................................... 4-5Operating tips......................................... 4-5Ventilation air filter................................. 4-6

Servicing air conditioner ............................. 4-6Audio system............................................... 4-6

Radio ...................................................... 4-6FM radio reception................................. 4-7

AM radio reception ................................ 4-8Audio operation precautions .................. 4-8FM-AM radio with cassette player ...... 4-10FM-AM radio with cassette player and com-pact disc (CD) player (BOSE) .............. 4-15CD care and cleaning........................... 4-23Steering wheel switch for audio control(if so equipped).................................... 4-23Antenna ................................................ 4-25

Car phone or CB radio .............................. 4-25

Z 00.12.8/JR50-D/V5 X

VENTILATORS

Open or close, and adjust the air flow direc-tion of ventilators.

: This symbol indicates that the ventsare closed when the vent switch ismoved to the left.

: This symbol indicates that the ventsare open when the vent switch ismoved to the right.

SIH0075

HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND AUDIO SYSTEMS

4-2

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER (Automatic)

SIH0078


4-3

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

Start the engine and operate the controls toactivate the air conditioner.

WARNING

O The air conditioner cooling func-tion operates only when the en-gine is running.

O Do not leave children, impairedadults, or pets alone in your ve-hicle. On hot, sunny days, tem-peratures in a closed vehiclecould quickly become highenough to cause severe or possi-bly fatal injuries to people oranimals.

O Do not use the recirculation modefor long periods as it may causethe interior air to become staleand the windows to fog up.

O Positioning of the heater and airconditioner controls should not bedone while driving so full atten-tion may be given to vehicleoperation.

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

Cooling and/or dehumidifiedheating (AUTO)This mode may be normally used all yearround as the system automatically works tokeep a constant temperature. Air flow distri-bution and fan speed are also controlledautomatically.

1. Push the AUTO button on. (AUTO will bedisplayed.)

2. Turn the temperature control dial to theright or left to set the desired temperature.

O Adjust the temperature control dial toabout 75°F (24°C) for normal operation.

O The temperature of the passenger compart-ment will be maintained automatically. Airflow distribution and fan speed are alsocontrolled automatically.

Heating (ECON)

The air conditioner does not activate. Whenyou need to heat only, use this mode.

1. Push the ECON (Economy) button on.(ECON will be displayed.)

2. Turn the temperature control dial to theright or left to set the desired temperature.

O The temperature of the passenger compart-ment will be maintained automatically. Airflow distribution and fan speed are alsocontrolled automatically.

O Do not set the temperature lower than theoutside air temperature. Otherwise the sys-tem may not work properly.

O Not recommended if windows fog up.


4-4

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

Dehumidified defogging

1. Push the DEF button on. (The indi-cator light on the button will come on.)

2. Turn the temperature set button to the rightor left to set the desired temperature.

O To quickly remove ice or fog from theoutside of the windows, push the manualfan control button and set to themaximum position .

O As soon as possible after the windshield isclean, push the AUTO button to return tothe auto mode.

O When the DEF button is pushed, theair conditioner will automatically be turnedon at outside temperatures above 23°F(−5°C) to defog the windshield, and the airrecirculation mode will automatically beturned off.

Outside air is drawn into the passenger

compartment to improve the defoggingperformance.

MANUAL OPERATION

Fan speed controlPush the fan control button to manuallycontrol the fan speed.

Push the AUTO button to return to automaticcontrol of the fan speed.

Air recirculationPush the air recirculation button torecirculate interior air inside the vehicle. Theindicator light on the switch will come on.

Push it again to make the air inlet controlledautomatically (FRESH, REC/FRE and RECIR-CULATION). The indicator will go out.

The air recirculation button will not be acti-vated when the air conditioner is in DEFmode.

Air flow control

Pushing the manual air flow control buttonselects the air outlet to:

: Air flows from center and side venti-lators.

: Air flows from center and side venti-lators and foot outlets.

: Air flows mainly from foot outlets.

: Air flow from defroster and foot out-lets.

To turn system offPush the OFF button.

OPERATING TIPSO When the engine coolant temperature and

outside air temperature are low, the airflow from the foot outlets may not operatefor 0 to 126 seconds. This is not amalfunction. After the coolant temperaturewarms up, air flow from the foot outlets


4-5

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

will operate normally.

The sensor on the instrument panel helpsmaintain a constant temperature. Do not putanything on or around this sensor.

VENTILATION AIR FILTER

The air conditioning system is equipped witha ventilation air filter which collects dirt,pollen, dust, etc. To make sure air conditionerheats, defogs, and ventilates efficiently, re-place the filter in accordance with the main-tenance schedule in this manual. To replace

the filter, contact your INFINITI dealer.

The filter should be replaced if air flowis extremely decreased or when win-dows fog up easily during operatingheater or air conditioning system.

SERVICING AIR CONDI-TIONERThe air conditioning system in your INFINITIis charged with a refrigerant designed with theenvironment in mind. This refrigerant willnot harm the earth’s ozone layer. How-ever, special charging equipment and lubri-cant are required when servicing your INFINITIair conditioner. Using improper refrigerants orlubricants will cause severe damage to yourair conditioning system. See “Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants” in the “10.Technical and consumer information” sectionfor air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations.

Your INFINITI dealer will be able to service

your environmentally friendly air conditioningsystem.

WARNING

The air conditioner system containsrefrigerant under high pressure. Toavoid personal injury, any air condi-tioner service should be done only byan experienced technician withproper equipment.

AUDIO SYSTEM

RADIO

Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON and pressthe power on switch to turn on the radio. Ifyou listen to the radio with the engine notrunning, the key should be turned to the ACCposition.

Radio reception is affected by station signal

SIH0039


4-6

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

strength, distance from radio transmitter,buildings, bridges, mountains and other ex-ternal influences. Intermittent changes in re-ception quality normally are caused by theseexternal influences.

Using a cellular phone in or near the ve-hicle may influence radio receptionquality.

Radio reception

Your INFINITI radio system is equipped withstate-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhanceradio reception. These circuits are designed toextend reception range, and to enhance thequality of that reception.

However there are some general characteris-tics of both FM and AM radio signals that canaffect radio reception quality in a movingvehicle, even when the finest equipment isused. These characteristics are completelynormal in a given reception area, and do not

indicate any malfunction in your INFINITIradio system.

Remember that a moving vehicle is not theideal place to listen to a radio. Because of themovement, reception conditions will con-stantly change. Buildings, terrain, signal dis-tance and interference from other vehicles canwork against ideal reception. Described beloware some of the factors that can affect yourradio reception.

FM RADIO RECEPTION

Range: FM range is normally limited to 25 to30 miles (40 to 48 km), with monaural (singlechannel) FM having slightly more range thanstereo FM. External influences may sometimesinterfere with FM station reception even if theFM station is within 25 miles (40 km). Thestrength of the FM signal is directly related tothe distance between the transmitter andreceiver. FM signals follow a line-of-sightpath, exhibiting many of the same character-istics as light. For example they will reflect offobjects.

Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves awayfrom a station transmitter, the signals will tendto fade and/or drift.

Static and flutter: During signal interferencefrom buildings, large hills or due to antennaposition, usually in conjunction with in-creased distance from the station transmitter,static or flutter can be heard. This can be

IHA018M


4-7

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

reduced by adjusting the TREBLE controlcounterclockwise to reduce treble response.

Multipath reception: Because of the reflectivecharacteristics of FM signals, direct and re-flected signals reach the receiver at the sametime. The signals may cancel each other,resulting in momentary flutter or loss ofsound.

AM RADIO RECEPTION

AM signals, because of their low frequency,can bend around objects and skip along theground. In addition, the signals can bebounced off the ionosphere and bent back toearth. Because of these characteristics. AMsignals are also subject to interference as theytravel from transmitter to receiver.

Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passingthrough freeway underpasses or in areas withmany tall buildings. It can also occur forseveral seconds during ionospheric turbu-lence even in areas where no obstacles exist.

Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electricalpower lines, electric signs and even trafficlights.

AUDIO OPERATION PRECAU-TIONS

Cassette player

O To maintain good quality sound,INFINITI recommends that you usecassette tapes of 60 minutes orshorter in length.

O Cassette tapes should be removedfrom the player when not in use.Store cassettes in their protectivecases and away from direct sunlight,heat, dust, moisture or magneticsources.

Direct sunlight can cause the cas-sette to become deformed. The use ofdeformed cassettes may cause thecassette to jam in the player.

O Do not use cassettes that have peel-ing or loose labels. If used, the labelcould jam in the player.

O If a cassette has loose tape, insert apencil through one of the cassettehubs and rewind the tape firmly.Loose tape may cause jamming andwavering sound quality.

O Over a period of time, the playbackhead, capstan and pinch roller maygather a tape coating residue as thetape passes over the head. This resi-due accumulation can cause a weakor wavering sound and should be re-moved periodically with a headcleaning tape.

If the residue is not removed periodi-cally, the player may need to be dis-assembled for cleaning.


4-8

Z 00.11.28/JR50-D/V5 X

Compact disc (CD) player op-eration

O Only use high quality 4.7 inches (12cm) round discs that have the “COM-PACT DISC DIGITAL AUDIO” logo onthe disc or packaging.

O During cold weather or rainy days,the player may malfunction due to thehumidity. If this occurs, remove theCD and dehumidify or ventilate theplayer completely.

O The player may skip while driving onrough roads.

O The CD player sometimes cannotfunction when the compartment tem-perature is extremely high. Decreasethe temperature before use.

O Do not expose the CD to direct sun-light.

O CDs that are of poor quality, dirty,scratched, covered with fingerprints,or that have pinholes may not workproperly.

O Do not use the following CDs as theymay cause the CD player to malfunc-tion:

O 8 cm (3.1 in) discs with anadapter

O Recordable compact discs(CD-R)

O Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)

O CDs that are not round

O CDs with a paper label

O CDs that are warped, scratched,or have abnormal edges.

SIH0087


4-9

Z 00.11.28/JR50-D/V5 X

FM-AM RADIO WITH CASSETTEPLAYER

Refer to the separate Owner’s Manual forinformation about the navigation system.

Audio main operation

ONzOFF/Volume control:

Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON, then pushthe ONzOFF/Volume control dial. The mode

(radio or cassette) which was playing imme-diately before the system was turned offresumes playing. When no cassette is loaded,the radio comes on. Pushing the ONzOFF/Volume control dial again turns the systemoff.

Turn the ONzOFF/Volume control dial to ad-just the volume.

SIH0076


4-10

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

Adjusting tone quality and speakerbalance:

To adjust Bass, Treble, Fader, Balance, pressthe AUDIO button until the desired mode BAS,TRE, FAD or BAL appears in the display.

Press the or button to adjustBASS and TREB to the desired level. Use the

or button to adjust FADER orBAL modes. FADER adjusts the sound levelbetween the front and rear speakers and BALadjusts the sound level between the right andleft speakers.

After 10 seconds, the radio or cassette tapedisplay reappears. Once the sound quality isset to the desired level, press the AUDIObutton repeatedly until the radio or cassettetape display appears.

Radio/Cassette tape prioritymode

In this mode, the radio station illuminates inthe display during radio operation. Duringcassette tape operation, TAPE illuminates inthe display.

FM-AM radio operationFM-AM band select:

Push the FM-AM band select button to listento the radio and tune in the desired station.

Pushing the FM-AM band select button willchange the band FM1, FM2 or AM.

When FM/AM band select button is pushedwhile the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON,the radio will come on at the station lastplayed.

The last station played will also come on whenthe power knob is turned to ON.

If a compact disc or tape is playing when theFM/AM band select button is turned to ON,the compact disc or tape will automatically beturned off and the last radio station played willcome on.

The FM stereo indicator, ST illuminates dur-ing FM stereo reception. When the stereobroadcast signal is weak, the radio automati-cally changes from stereo to monaural recep-tion.

SIH0068


4-11

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

TUNE (Tuning):

WARNING

The radio should not be tuned whiledriving so full attention may be givento vehicle operation.

Use these buttons for manual tuning. To movequickly through the channels, hold either ofthe TUNE buttons down for more than 0.5seconds.

SEEK/SCAN tuning:

Push the SEEK/SCAN tuning button orfor less than 1.5 seconds. SEEK tuning

begins from high to low or low to highfrequencies and stops at the next broadcastingstation.Push the SEEK/SCAN tuning button or

for more than 1.5 seconds. SCANilluminates in the display window. SCAN

tuning begins from high to low or low to highfrequencies and stops at each broadcastingstation for 10 seconds. Pushing the buttonagain during this 10 second period stopsSCAN tuning and the radio remains tuned tothat station.

If the SEEK/SCAN tuning button is not pushedwithin 10 seconds, SCAN tuning moves to thenext station.

Station memory operations:

Twelve stations can be set for the FM band(six for FM1, six for FM2) and six stations can

SIH0069


4-12

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

be set for the AM band.

1. Push the FM-AM band select button toselect AM, FM1, or FM2. The selectedband illuminates in the display.

2. Tune to the desired station using theSEEK/SCAN or TUNE button.

3. Push the desired select button for morethan 1.5 seconds. For example, in theillustrations ch2 is to be memorized. Theradio mutes when the select button ispushed.

4. The indicator ch2 will then come on andthe sound resumes. Memorizing is nowcomplete.

5. Other buttons can be set in the samemanner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if theradio fuse opens, the radio memory is can-celled. In that case, reset the desired stations.

Cassette tape player operationTurn the ignition key to ACC or ON, thencarefully insert a cassette tape into the tapedoor.

The cassette tape automatically pulls into theplayer. The word TAPE and moving digitalsquares illuminate on the right side of thedisplay window.

CAUTION

Do not force the cassette tape into thetape door. This could cause playerdamage.

The cassette tape automatically changes di-rections to play the other side when the firstside is complete. At this time, the movingdigital squares illuminate on the left side ofthe display window.

PLAY:

O When the TAPE/CD button is pushed withthe radio turned on and the tape loaded,the radio will automatically be turned offand the tape will play.

O If the TAPE/CD button is pushed duringeither the FF, REW, APS FF or APS REWfunction, the cassette tape enters the nor-mal play mode.

O When the TAPE/CD button is pushed withthe CD playing, the tape will play.

FF (fast forward),REW (rewind):

Push either the FF or REW button for thedesired direction.

The FF or REW symbol illuminates in thedisplay.

To stop the FF or REW function, press the FFor REW button again, or the TAPE/CD button.


4-13

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

APS (automatic pro-gram search) FF, APSREW:

Push either the APS FF or APS REW buttonwhile the cassette tape is playing. The taperuns quickly, stops, then plays the nextselection. Either the FF or REW symbolflashes in the display while searching for theselection.

This system searches at the blank intervalsbetween selections. If there is a blank intervalwithin one selection or there is no intervalbetween selections, the system may not stopin the desired or expected location.

PROG (program):

O Push the PROG button. The moving digitalsquares illuminate on either the right orleft side of the display window to indicatethe side of program play.

O If the PROG button is pushed during eitherthe FF or REW function, the cassette tape

enters the normal play mode.

Dolby NR (Noise Reduction):

Push the Dolby NR button for Dolby NRencoded tapes to reduce high frequency tapenoise. The indicator light comes on.

Dolby NR is manufactured under license fromDolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation.DOLBY NR and the double-D symbol

are trademarks of Dolby LaboratoriesLicensing Corporation.

Metal or chrome tape usage:

The cassette player is automatically set to highperformance play when playing a metal orchrome cassette tape.

TAPE EJECT:

Push the EJECT button. The cassette tapeautomatically comes out.


4-14

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

SIH0077

FM-AM RADIO WITH CASSETTEPLAYER AND COMPACT DISC(CD) PLAYER (BOSE)


4-15

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

Audio main operationHead unit

The radio has an FM diversity receptionsystem, which employs two antennas. One isa rod type antenna; the other is an antennaprinted on the window. This system automati-cally switches to the antenna which is receiv-ing less noise.

The tape deck employs a permalloy headwhich allows for improved reproduction ofhigh frequency ranges. Noise is also greatlyreduced by the combined use of the Dolby NR(Noise Reduction) system. The auto loudnesscircuit enhances the low frequency rangeautomatically in tape and CD playback.

ONzOFF/Volume control:

Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON, and thenpush the ONzOFF/VOL control dial while thesystem is off to call up the mode (radio, tapeor CD) which was playing immediately beforethe system was turned off. When no CD or

tape is loaded, the radio will come on. Whilethe system is on, pushing the ONzOFF/VOLcontrol dial turns the system off.

To turn the radio off, press the ONzOFF/VOLcontrol dial.

Turn the ONzOFF/VOL control dial to adjustthe volume.


4-16

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

Adjusting tone quality and speakerbalance:

To adjust BASS, TRE (Treble), FAD (Fader)and BAL (Balance), press the AUDIO buttonuntil the desired mode BAS, TRE, FAD, or BALappears in the display.

Press the or button to adjustBass (BAS) and Treble (TRE) to the desiredlevel. Use the or button also toadjust Fader (FAD) or Balance (BAL) modes.

FAD adjusts the sound level between the front

and rear speakers and BAL adjusts the soundbetween the right and left speakers.

After 10 seconds, the radio or cassette tapedisplay reappears. Once the sound quality isset to the desired level, press the AUDIObutton repeatedly until the radio or cassettetape display appears.

FM-AM radio operationFM/AM band select:

Pushing the FM/AM band select button willchange the band FM1, FM2 or AM.

When FM/AM band select button is pushedwhile the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON,the radio will come on at the station lastplayed.

The last station played will also come on whenthe power knob is turned to ON.

If a compact disc or tape is playing when theFM/AM band select button is turned to ON,the compact disc or tape will automatically beturned off and the last radio station played willcome on.

The FM stereo indicator ST will glow duringFM stereo reception. When the stereo broad-cast signal is weak, the radio will automati-cally change from stereo to monaural recep-tion.

SIH0080


4-17

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

TUNE (Tuning):

Use these buttons for manual tuning. To movequickly through the channels, hold either ofthe TUNE buttons down for more than 0.5seconds.

WARNING

The radio should not be tuned whiledriving so full attention may be givento vehicle operation.

SEEK/SCAN tuning:

SEEK tuning

Push the SEEK/SCAN tuning button orfor less than 1.5 seconds. SEEK tuning

begins from high to low or low to highfrequencies and stops at the next broadcastingstation.

SCAN tuning

Push the SEEK/SCAN tuning button orfor more than 1.5 seconds. SCAN

tuning begins from high to low or low to highfrequencies and stops at each broadcastingstation for 10 seconds. Pushing the buttonagain during this 10 seconds period will stopSCAN tuning and the radio will remain tunedto that station.

If the SEEK/SCAN tuning button is not pushedwithin 10 seconds, SCAN tuning moves to thenext station.

SIH0081


4-18

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

Station memory operations:

Twelve stations can be set for the FM band(six for FM1, six for FM2) and six stations canbe set for the AM band.

1. Tune to the desired station using theSEEK/SCAN or TUNE button.

2. Select the desired station and keep push-ing any of the desired memory buttons (1to 6) until a beep sound is heard. (Forexample, in the diagram ch2 is to bememorized. The radio mutes when theselect button is pushed.)

3. The indicator ch2 will then come on andthe sound will resume. Memorizing is nowcomplete.

4. Other buttons can be set in the samemanner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if thefuse blows, the radio memory will be can-celled. In that case, reset the desired stations.

Cassette tape player operationTurn the ignition key to ACC or ON, and thenlightly insert the cassette tape into the tapedoor. The cassette tape will be automaticallypulled into the player.

The radio or CD will turn off (if it is on) andthe cassette tape will begin to play.

CAUTION

Do not force the cassette tape into thetape door. This could cause playerdamage.

If the system is turned off by pushing theONzOFF/VOL control knob with the cassettetape still in the player, the tape will resumeplaying when the system is turned back on.

PLAY:

O When the TAPE button is pushed with thesystem turned off and a tape loaded, thesystem will come on and the tape will play.

O When the TAPE button is pushed witheither the radio or compact disc turned onand the tape loaded, the compact disc orthe radio will automatically be turned offand the tape will play.

O If the TAPE button is pushed during eitherthe FF, REW, APS FF or APS REWfunction, the cassette tape enters the nor-mal play mode.

FF (Fast Forward),REW (Rewind):

Push the (fast forward) button to fastforward the tape. To rewind the tape, push the

(rewind) button. Either the FF or REWsymbol illuminates on the right side of thedisplay window.


4-19

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

To stop the FF or REW function, push the(fast forward) or (rewind) again,

or the TAPE button.

APS (Automatic Pro-gram Search) FF, APSREW:

When the (APS FF) button is pushedwhile the tape is being played, the nextprogram will start to play from the beginning.Push the (APS FF) button several timesto skip through programs. The tape willadvance the number of times the button ispushed (up to nine programs).

When the (APS REW) button is pushedonce, the program being played starts overfrom the beginning. Push the (APSREW) button several times to skip backseveral selections. The tape will go back thenumber of times the button is pushed.

Either the FF or REW symbol flashes on the

right side of the display window while search-ing for the selection.

To stop the APS FF or APS REW function,push the TAPE button.

This system searches for the blank intervalsbetween selections. If there is a blank intervalwithin one program or there is no intervalbetween programs, the system may not stop inthe desired or expected location.

PROG (Program):

Push the RPT/SIDE button to change the tapeside while the tape is being played.

The cassette tape will automatically changedirections to play the other side when the firstside is completed.

If the PRT/SIDE button is pushed during theFF or REW function, the cassette tape entersthe normal play mode.

Dolby NR (Noise Reduction):

Push the Dolby NR button for Dolby NRencoded tapes to reduce high frequency tapenoise. The indicator will come on.

Dolby noise reduction manufactured underlicense from Dolby Laboratories LicensingCorporation. Dolby NR and the double-Dsymbol are trademarks of Dolby Labo-ratories Licensing Corporation.

Metal or chrome tape usage:

The cassette player will be automatically set tohigh performance play when playing a metalor chrome cassette tape.

TAPE EJECT:

When this button is pushed with the tapeloaded, the tape will be ejected.

When the tape is ejected while it is beingplayed, the system will be turned off.


4-20

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

Compact disc (CD) player op-erationTurn the ignition key to the ACC or ONposition and insert the CD into the slot withthe label side facing up. The CD will beguided automatically into the slot and startplaying.

After loading the disc, the number of tracks onthe disc and the play time will appear on thedisplay.

If the radio or tape is already operating, it willautomatically turn off and the CD will play.

CAUTION

Do not force the compact disc into theslot. This could damage the player.

If the system has been turned off while the CDwas playing, pushing the ONzOFF/VOL controlknob will start the CD.

Standard 4 3/4 in (12 cm) discs, and 3 1/8 in(8 cm) discs can be used without an adapter.

PLAY:

When the CD button is pushed with thesystem off and the CD loaded, the system willturn on and the CD will start to play.

When the CD button is pushed with the CDloaded but the tape or the radio playing, thetape or radio will automatically be turned offand the compact disc will start to play.

FF (Fast Forward),REW (Rewind):

When the (fast forward) or (re-wind) button is pushed while the CD is beingplayed, the CD will play while fast forwardingor rewinding. When the button is released, theCD will return to normal play speed.

APS (Automatic Pro-gram Search) FF, APSREW:

When the (APS FF) button is pushedwhile the CD is being played, the programnext to the present one will start to play fromits beginning. Push several times to skipthrough programs. The CD will advance thenumber of times the button is pushed. (Whenthe last program on the CD is skippedthrough, the first program will be played.)

When the (APS REW) button is pushed,the program being played returns to itsbeginning. Push several times to skip backthrough programs. The CD will go back thenumber of times the button is pushed.

PROG (Program):

When the PRT/SIDE button is pushed whilethe CD is being played, the play pattern willchange as follows:

no mark: All the programs will be played


4-21

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

repeatedly in sequence.

1: Only one program (the one being playedwhen the PRT/SIDE button is pushed) will berepeated.

RANDOM: Programs will be played at random,not following the sequence on the CD. Thesame program may be repeated twice.

When the CD is ejected, the play patternwill automatically change to no mark.

Disc loading (DISC select button

1 to 6 )One-disc loading:

Press a desired DISC select button (1 to 6) forless than 2 seconds with the correspondingDISC indicator light (1 to 6) off. The light willstart flashing green when the button ispressed. Insert a compact disc into the slotwith the label side facing up when the slotdoor is open. The disc will be guided auto-matically into the slot and start to play.

All-disc loading:

When any DISC select button is pressed formore than 2 seconds with the DISC indicatorlight off, the all-disc loading mode will acti-vate with a beep. The light of the buttonpressed first will start flashing green and theother lights with empty holders will flashamber. When the slot door is open, the discloading procedure is the same as for loadingone disc.

When the first disc loading is completed, theslot door will close and the DISC indicatorlight will change from flashing green to solidamber, and then the light of the next DISCselect button will start flashing green.

The disc loading procedure is the same asabove, and so continue on.

When all the discs are set or no more discs areloaded for about 15 seconds after the slot dooris open, the first disc loaded will start to play.

CAUTION

When loading wait for a green light atthe CD slot and insert only one discat a time. Forcing in the compact disccould damage the player.

O Hold the disc only on the edges andcenter hole. Never touch the surfaceof the disc.

Disc eject (DISC EJECT button

)One-disc eject:

When the DISC EJECT button is pressed forless than 2 seconds while a disc is playing orstopped, the current or last disc played will beejected.

When the DISC EJECT button is pressed, theDISC indicator light will start flashing amber


4-22

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

until the disc is ready to be ejected. The lightwill turn off when the disc is ejected.

To select a disc to eject, press the DISCEJECT button within 3 seconds after a DISCselect button is pressed, or do it in reverseorder.

All-disc eject:

When the DISC EJECT button is pressed formore than 2 seconds while any disc is playingor stopped, the all-disc eject mode willactivate with a beep.

When the DISC EJECT button is pressed, theall DISC indicator lights of the disc storedholder will start flashing amber. Each light willturn off when the disc is ejected. When thedisc is released from the slot and then the slotdoor is closed, the unit will start to eject thenext disc, and so on continuously upto fulldisc eject. After all discs are ejected, the allDISC indicator lights will turn off.

CD CARE AND CLEANING

O Handle a CD by its edges. Never touch thesurface of the disc. Do not bend the disc.

O Always place the discs in the storage casewhen they are not being used.

O To clean a disc, wipe the surface from thecenter to the outer edge using a clean, softcloth. Do not wipe the disc using a circularmotion.Do not use a conventional record cleaneror alcohol intended for industrial use.

O A new disc may be rough on its inner andouter edges. Remove the rough edgesusing the side of a pen or pencil asillustrated.

STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FORAUDIO CONTROL (if soequipped)

SIH0082

SIH0054B


4-23

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

The audio system can be operated using thecontrols on the steering wheel.

Type A

With the ignition key turned to the ACC or ONposition, push the power switch to turn theaudio system ON or OFF.

Type B

With the ignition key turned to the ACC or ONposition, turn the audio system ON or OFF.

Mode select switch

Push the mode select switch to change themode in the sequence of AM, FM1, FM2,Tape, and CD. When the tape or CD (in theplayer) is loaded, the mode changes to Tapeor CD.

Volume control switchPush the upper side or lower side of theswitch to adjust the volume.

Upper side: Volume increases

Lower side: Volume decreases

SEEK/APS FF (Automatic Pro-gram Search Fast Forward)switch (Type A)O When the switch is pushed with the radio

turned on, the frequency changes from low

to high and stops automatically at anotherbroadcasting station.

O When the switch is pushed with tape, orCD operating, the next program will startto play from the beginning. Push theswitch several times to skip through pro-grams. The tape or CD will advance thenumber of times the switch is pushed.

APS (Automatic Program Search)FF, APS REW (tape/CD) (Type B)Push the tuning switch or forless 1.5 seconds to return to the beginning ofthe present program or skip to the nextprogram. Push several times to skip back orskip through programs.

This system searches for the blank intervalsbetween selections. If there is a blank intervalwithin one program or there is no intervalbetween programs, the system may not stop inthe desired or expected location.

SIH0086


4-24

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

FF REW (tape) (Type B)Push the tuning switch or formore than 1.5 seconds to rewind or fastforward the tape or to change the playing discup or down.

To stop the FF or REW function, press theor button for more than 1.5

seconds again.

Tuning (Type B)Memory change (radio):

Push the tuning switch or forless than 1.5 seconds to change the radiofrequency.

Seek tuning (radio):

Push the tuning switch or formore than 1.5 seconds to seek the next orprevious radio station.

ANTENNA

Power antenna

The antenna will automatically extend whenthe radio is turned on, and retract whenswitched off. If the radio is left on, the antennawill retract and extend with the ignition keyOFF-ON operation.

CAUTION

O Before turning the radio on, makesure that no one is near the an-tenna outlet and there isenoughspace for it to extend.

O To prevent damage, be sure thatpower antenna is fully retractedbefore the vehicle enters an auto-matic car wash.

O Dirt and other foreign matter on

the power antenna rod may inter-rupt its operation. Clean the rodperiodically with a damp cloth.This type of cleaning is especiallyimportant during the winter sea-sons in areas where road salt andother chemicals may be spreadon road surfaces and splashedonto the antenna rod.

O If equipped with the Infiniti Com-municator system, the power an-tenna may automatically extendand retract when the battery cableis connected after it has beendisconnected. This is normal anddoes not affect the performanceof the audio and Infiniti Commu-nicator systems.

CAR PHONE OR CB RADIOIf equipped with a genuine INFINITI cellular


4-25

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

phone, your INFINITI features a non-directional microphone on the front interiorlight, so it is not necessary to look at or speakdirectly into the microphone when calling.To do so could detract from the drivingoperation and cause an accident.

See the car phone manual for operation.

Some models are pre-wired to accept thegenuine INFINITI cellular phone. In addition,some models have the phone antenna builtinto the rear glass window.

When installing a car phone or a CB radio inyour INFINITI, be sure to observe the follow-ing cautions, otherwise the new equipmentmay adversely affect the Engine Control sys-tem and other electronic parts.

WARNING

O A cellular telephone should not beused while driving so full attention

may be given to vehicle opera-tion. Some jurisdictions prohibitthe use of cellular telephoneswhile driving.

O If you must make a call while yourvehicle is in motion, the handsfree cellular phone operationalmode (if so equipped) is highlyrecommended. Exercise extremecaution at all times so full atten-tion may be given to vehicle op-eration.

O If a conversation in a movingvehicle requires you to takenotes, pull off the road to a safelocation and stop your vehiclebefore doing so.

CAUTION

O Keep the antenna as far as pos-sible away from the Engine Con-trol Module (ECM).

O Keep the antenna wire more than8 in (20 cm) away from the PCMEharness. Do not route the antennawire next to any harness.

O Adjust the antenna standing-waveratio as recommended by themanufacturer.

O Connect the ground wire from theCB radio chassis to the body.

O For details, consult an authorizedINFINITI dealer.


4-26

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

5 STARTING AND DRIVING

Precautions when starting and driving ....... 5-2Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide)............ 5-2Three way catalyst ................................. 5-3On-pavement and offroad drivingprecautions............................................. 5-4Avoiding collision and rollover .............. 5-4Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving........ 5-5Driving safety precautions ..................... 5-5

Ignition switch............................................. 5-8Key positions.......................................... 5-9Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System ....... 5-9

Before starting the engine......................... 5-10Starting the engine .................................... 5-10Driving the vehicle..................................... 5-11

Automatic transmission ....................... 5-11Parking brake ............................................ 5-16Cruise control ............................................ 5-17

Precautions on cruise control.............. 5-17

Cruise control operations..................... 5-18Break-in schedule ...................................... 5-19Increasing fuel economy ........................... 5-19Using four wheel drive (4WD) .................. 5-20

Transfer case shifting procedures ....... 5-21Parking/parking on hills ............................ 5-29Power steering .......................................... 5-30Brake system............................................. 5-31

Anti-lock brake system (ABS).............. 5-31Cold weather driving ................................. 5-33

Freeing a frozen door lock................... 5-33Anti-freeze ............................................ 5-33Battery .................................................. 5-33Draining of coolant water .................... 5-33Tire equipment ..................................... 5-34Special winter equipment..................... 5-35Driving on snow or ice ........................ 5-35Engine block heater (if so equipped)... 5-36

Z 00.12.8/JR50-D/V5 X

PRECAUTIONS WHENSTARTING AND DRIVING

WARNING

O Do not leave children, impairedadults, or pets alone in your ve-hicle. They could accidentally in-jure themselves or others throughinadvertent operation of the ve-hicle. Also, on hot, sunny days,temperatures in a closed vehiclecould quickly become high enoughto cause severe or possibly fatalinjuries to people or animals.


EXHAUST GAS (Carbon monox-ide)

WARNING

Do not breathe exhaust gases. Theycontain colorless and odorless car-bon monoxide. Carbon monoxide isdangerous. It can cause uncon-sciousness or death.

O If you suspect that exhaust fumesare entering the vehicle, drivewith all windows fully open, andhave the vehicle inspected imme-diately.

O Do not run the engine in closedspaces such as a garage.

O Do not park the vehicle with theengine running for any extendedlength of time.

O Keep the back door and glasshatch closed while driving, other-wise exhaust gases could bedrawn into the passenger com-partment. If you must drive withthe back door or glass hatch openfollow these precautions:

1. Open all the windows.

2. Set the air recirculationswitch OFF and the fan con-trol at high to circulate theair.

O If electrical wiring or other cableconnections must pass to a trailerthrough the seal on the trunk lidor the body, follow the manufac-turer’s recommendation to pre-vent carbon monoxide entry intothe vehicle.

STARTING AND DRIVING

5-2

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

O If a special body on other equip-ment is added for recreational orother usage, follow the manufac-turer’s recommendation to pre-vent carbon monoxide entry intothe vehicle. (Some recreationalvehicle appliances such asstoves, refrigerator, heaters, etc.may also generate carbon monox-ide.)

O The exhaust system and bodyshould be inspected by a quali-fied mechanic whenever:

a. The vehicle is raised for service.

b. You suspect that exhaust fumesare entering into the passengercompartment.

c. You notice a change in the soundof the exhaust system.

d. You have had an accident involv-ing damage to the exhaust sys-tem, underbody, or rear of thevehicle.

THREE WAY CATALYST

The three way catalyst is an emission controldevice installed in the exhaust system. Ex-haust gases in the three way catalyst areburned at high temperatures to help reducepollutants.

WARNING

O The exhaust gas and the exhaustsystem are very hot. Keep people,animals or flammable materialsaway from the exhaust systemcomponents.

O Do not stop or park the vehicleover flammable materials such asdry grass, waste paper or rags.They may ignite and cause a fire.

CAUTION

O Do not use leaded gasoline. De-posits from leaded gasoline seri-ously reduce the three way cata-lyst ability to reduce exhaust pol-lutants.

O Keep your engine tuned up. Mal-functions in the ignition, fuel in-jection, or electrical systems cancause overrich fuel flow into thethree way catalyst, causing it tooverheat. Do not keep driving ifthe engine misfires, or if notice-


5-3

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

able loss of performance or otherunusual operating conditions aredetected. Have the vehicle in-spected promptly by an autho-rized INFINITI dealer.

O Avoid driving with an extremelylow fuel level. Running out of fuelcould cause the engine to misfire,damaging the three way catalyst.

O Do not race the engine whilewarming it up.

O Do not push or tow your vehicle tostart the engine.

ON-PAVEMENT ANDOFFROAD DRIVING PRECAU-TIONS

Utility vehicles have a significantlyhigher rollover rate than other types ofvehicles.

They have higher ground clearance than pas-senger cars to make them capable of perform-ing in a variety of on-pavement and offroadapplications. This gives them a higher centerof gravity than ordinary cars. An advantage ofhigher ground clearance is a better view of theroad, allowing you to anticipate problems.However, they are not designed for corneringat the same speeds as conventional two-wheeldrive vehicles any more than low-slung sportscars are designed to perform satisfactorilyunder offroad conditions. If at all possible,avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers par-ticularly at high speeds. As with other vehiclesof this type, failure to operate this vehiclecorrectly may result in loss of control orvehicle rollover.

AVOIDING COLLISION ANDROLLOVER

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in asafe and prudent manner may resultin loss of control or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times.Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid excessivespeed, high speed cornering, or sudden steer-ing maneuvers, because these driving prac-tices could cause you to lose control of yourvehicle. As with any vehicle, a loss ofcontrol could result in a collision withother vehicles or objects, or cause thevehicle to rollover, particularly if theloss of control causes the vehicle toslide sideways. Be attentive at all times,and avoid driving when tired. Never drivewhen under the influence of alcohol or drugs


5-4

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

(including prescription or over-the-counterdrugs which may cause drowsiness). Alwayswear your seat belt as outlined in the “1.Seats, restraints and supplemental air bagsystems” section of this manual, and alsoinstruct your passengers to do so.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury incollisions and rollovers. In a rollovercrash, an unbelted person is signifi-cantly more likely to die than a personwearing a seat belt.

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS AND DRIVING

WARNING

Never drive under the influence of al-cohol or drugs. Alcohol in the blood-stream reduces coordination, delaysreaction time and impairs judge-

ment. Driving after drinking alcoholincreases the likelihood of beinginvolved in an accident injuringyourself and others. Additionally, ifyou are injured in the accident alco-hol can increase the severity of theinjury.

INFINITI is committed to safe driving. But, youmust choose not to drive under the influenceof alcohol. Every year thousands of people areinjured or killed in alcohol related accidents.Although the local laws vary on what isconsidered to be legally intoxicated, the fact isthat alcohol affects all people differently andmost people underestimate the effects ofalcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix!

And that’s true for drugs too (over the counter,prescription, and illegal drugs). Do not drive ifyour ability to operate your vehicle is impaired

by alcohol, drugs, or some other physicalcondition.

DRIVING SAFETY PRECAU-TIONS

Your INFINITI is designed for both normal andoffroad use. However, avoid driving in deepwater or mud as your INFINITI is mainlydesigned for leisure use, unlike a conventionaloffroad vehicle.

WARNING

O Drive carefully when off the roadand avoid dangerous areas. Everyperson who drives or rides in thisvehicle should be seated withtheir seat belt fastened. Keep youand your passengers in positionwhen driving over rough terrain.


5-5

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

O Before driving up or down grades,check the road surface for bumpsor potholes. Be sure to climb agentle slope and descend agentle slope.

O Do not drive across steep slopes.Instead drive either straight up orstraight down the slopes. Off-roadvehicles can tip over sidewaysmuch more easily than they canforward or backward.

O Many hills are too steep for anyvehicle. If you drive up them, youmay stall. If you drive down them,you may not be able to controlyour speed. If you drive acrossthem, you may roll over.

O Do not shift gears while drivingon downhill grades as this couldcause loss of control of the ve-

hicle.

O Be sure to use the engine brake.The foot brake performance maybe reduced, resulting in a pos-sible accident.

O Stay alert when driving to the topof a hill. At the top there could bea drop-off or other hazard thatcould cause an accident.

O If your engine stalls or you cannotmake it to the top of a steep hill,never attempt to turn around.Your vehicle could tip or rollover. Always back straight downin R (Reverse) gear. Never backdown in N (Neutral), using onlythe brake, as this could causeloss of control.

O Heavy braking going down a hill

could cause your brakes to over-heat and fade, resulting in loss ofcontrol and an accident. Applybrakes lightly and use a low gearto control your speed.

O Unsecured cargo can be thrownaround when driving over roughterrain. Properly secure all cargoso it will not be thrown forwardand cause injury to you or yourpassengers.

O To avoid raising the center ofgravity excessively, do not ex-ceed the rated capacity of the roofrack and evenly distribute theload. Secure heavy loads in thecargo area as for forward and aslow as possible. Do not equip thevehicle with tires larger thanspecified in this manual. This


5-6

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

could cause your vehicle to rollover.

O Do not grip the inside or spokes ofthe steering wheel when drivingoffroad. The steering wheel couldmove suddenly and injure yourhands. Instead drive with yourfingers and thumbs on the outsideof the rim.

O Before operating the vehicle, en-sure that the driver and all pas-sengers have their seat belts fas-tened.

O Always drive with the floor matsin place as the floor may becomehot.

O Lower your speed when encoun-tering strong crosswinds. With ahigher center of gravity, your

INFINITI is more affected bystrong side winds. Slower speedsensure better vehicle control.

O Do not drive beyond the perfor-mance of the tires, even with4WD engaged. Acceleratingquickly, sharp steering maneu-vers or sudden braking may causeloss of control.

O If at all possible, avoid sharpturning maneuvers, particularlyat high speeds. Your INFINITIfour-wheel drive vehicle has ahigher center of gravity than atwo-wheel drive vehicle. The ve-hicle is not designed for corner-ing at the same speeds as con-ventional two-wheel drivevehicles. Failure to operate thisvehicle correctly could result in

loss of control and/or a roll overaccident.

O Always use tires of the sametype, size, brand, construction(bias, bias-belted or radial), andtread pattern on all four wheels.Install tire chains on the rearwheels when driving on slipperyroads and drive carefully.

O Be sure to check the brakes im-mediately after driving in mud orwater. See “Brake system” laterin this section for “wet brakes”.

O Avoid parking your vehicle onsteep hills. If you get out of thevehicle and it rolls forward, back-ward or sideways, you could beinjured.

O Whenever you drive off-road


5-7

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

through sand, mud or water asdeep as the wheel hub, morefrequent maintenance may be re-quired. See “Periodic mainte-nance” in the “9. Maintenance”section of this manual.

IGNITION SWITCHThe switch includes an anti-theft steering lockdevice.

The ignition lock is designed so that the keycannot be turned to LOCK and removed untilthe selector lever is moved to the P (Park)position.

When removing the key from the ignition,make sure the selector lever is in the Pposition.

If the selector lever is not returned to P (Park),the key cannot be moved toward LOCK.

When the key cannot be turned toward theLOCK position, proceed as follows to removethe key:

1) Move the selector lever into the P position.

2) Turn the ignition key slightly in the ONdirection.

3) Turn the key toward the LOCK position.

4) Remove the key.

If the key is removed from the ignition switch,the selector lever cannot be moved from P

(Park). The selector lever can be movedif the ignition switch is in the ONposition and the foot brake pedal isdepressed.

There is an OFF position in between LOCKand ACC, although it does not show on thelock cylinder. When the ignition is in OFF thesteering wheel is not locked.

In order for the steering wheel to be locked, itmust be turned about 1/6 of a turn clockwisefrom the straight up position.

To lock the steering wheel, turn the keyto the LOCK position. Remove the key.To unlock the steering wheel, insert thekey and turn it gently while rotating thesteering wheel slightly right and left.

SIS0044


5-8

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

WARNING

Never remove or turn the key to theLOCK position while driving. Thesteering wheel will lock. This maycause the driver to lose control of thevehicle and could result in seriousvehicle damage or personal injury.

KEY POSITIONS

LOCK (Normal parking position) (0)

The ignition key can only be removed whenthe switch is in this position.

OFF (1)

The engine can be turned off without lockingthe steering wheel.

ACC (Accessories) (2)

This position activates electrical accessories

such as the radio when the engine is notrunning. The automatic transmission selectorlever can be shifted.

ON (Normal operating position) (3)

This position turns on the ignition system andthe electrical accessories.

START (4)

This position activates the starter motor,starting the engine.

INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBI-LIZER SYSTEMThe Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System willnot allow the engine to start without the use ofthe registered Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer Sys-tem key.

If the engine fails to start using the registeredInfiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System key (forexample, when interference is caused byanother Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer Systemkey, an automated toll road device or auto-

mated payment device on the key ring), restartthe engine using the following procedures:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion for approximately 5 seconds.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF orLOCK position, and wait approximately 5seconds.

3. Repeat step 1 and 2.

4. Restart the engine while holding the device(which may have caused the interference)separate from the registered Infiniti VehicleImmobilizer System key.

If the no start condition re-occurs, INFINITIrecommends placing the registered InfinitiVehicle Immobiliser System key on a separatekey ring to avoid interference from otherdevices.


5-9

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

BEFORE STARTING THE EN-GINEO Make sure the area around the vehicle is

clear.

O Check fluid levels such as engine oil,coolant, brake and clutch fluid, windowwasher fluid as frequently as possible, atleast whenever you refuel.

O Check to be sure that all windows and lightlenses are clean.

O Visually inspect tires for condition. Alsocheck tire pressure.

O Lock all doors.

O Position seat and adjust head restraints.

O Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

O Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers todo likewise.

O Check the operation of warning lightswhen key is turned to the ON (3) position.

STARTING THE ENGINE1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Move the automatic transmission selectlever to P (Park) or N (Neutral). (P pre-ferred.)

NOTE:

The selector lever cannot be moved outof P and into any of the other gear po-sitions if the ignition key is turned toLOCK or if the key is removed from theswitch.

The starter is designed not to operate ifthe selector lever is in one of the drivingpositions.

3. Crank the engine with your foot off theaccelerator pedal by turning the ignitionkey to START. Release the key when the en-gine starts. If the engine starts, but fails torun, repeat the above procedure.

— If the engine is very hard to startin extremely cold or hot weather, de-press the accelerator pedal and holdit to help start the engine.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for morethan 10 seconds at a time. If the en-gine does not start, turn the key offand wait 10 seconds before crankingagain, otherwise the starter could bedamaged.

4. Warm-upAllow the engine to idle for at least 30seconds after starting. Drive at moderatespeed for a short distance first, especiallyin cold weather.


5-10

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

DRIVING THE VEHICLEAUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONThe automatic transmission in your vehicle iselectronically controlled by a transmissioncontrol module to produce maximum powerand smooth operation.

Recommended operating procedures for thistransmission are shown on the followingpages. Follow these procedures for maximumvehicle performance and driving enjoyment.

See “Using four wheel drive” later in thissection.

Starting the vehicle

O After starting the engine, fully depress thefoot brake pedal and push the selector leverbutton before shifting the selector leverfrom P to the D, R, 2 or 1 position. Be surethe vehicle is fully stopped before attempt-

ing to shift the selector lever from or to Por R.

This automatic transmission is de-signed so that the foot brake pedalMUST be depressed before shifting fromP (Park) to any drive position while theignition switch is ON.

NOTE:

The selector lever cannot be moved outof P (Park) and into any of the other gearpositions if the ignition key is turned tothe LOCK position or if the key is re-moved from the switch.

1. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed andpush the selector lever button to shift intoa driving gear.

2. Release the parking brake and foot brake,then gradually start the vehicle in motion.

When the battery charge is low, the se-lector lever can be moved if the ignition

SIS0056


5-11

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

switch is in the ACC position.

WARNING

O Do not depress the acceleratorpedal while shifting from P or N toR, D, 2 or 1. Always depress thebrake pedal until shifting is com-pleted. Failure to do so couldcause you to lose control and havean accident.

O Cold engine idle speed is high, souse caution when shifting into aforward or reverse gear beforethe engine has warmed up.

O Never shift to P or R while vehicleis moving. This could cause anaccident.

O On slippery roads, do not down-shift. This may cause a loss ofcontrol.

CAUTION

When stopping the vehicle on an up-hill grade, do not hold the vehicle bydepressing the accelerator pedal.The foot brakes should be used forthis purpose.

Shifting from P (Park)

If the ignition switch is in the ON position andthe foot brake pedal is depressed, but theselector lever still cannot be moved out of P(Park), follow these instructions:

1. Shut the engine off and remove the key.

2. Apply the parking brake.

3. Reinsert the ignition key and turn it clock-wise to the ACC position.

4. Depress the brake pedal, move the selectorlever to N (Neutral) and start the engine.

5. Check stop light operation.

WARNING

If the selector lever cannot be movedfrom the P (Park) position while theengine is running and the brake pedaldepressed, the stop lights may notwork. Malfunctioning stop lightscould cause an accident injuringyourself and others.

These instructions for starting the vehicle in N(Neutral) should only be used until servicecan be obtained. Never drive the vehicle if thestop lights are not operating properly.


5-12

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

Push the button to shift into P , or from N toR, P to R and D to 2. All other positions canbe selected without pushing the button.

P (Park):

Use this selector position when the vehicle isparked or when starting the engine. Make surethe vehicle is completely stopped. For maxi-mum safety, depress the brake pedal, thenpush in the selector lever button and move thelever to the P position. Apply the parking brake.

When parking on a hill, apply the parking brakefirst, then shift the lever into the P position.

R (Reverse):

Use this position to back up. Always be surethe vehicle is completely stopped when se-lecting R. With the brake pedal depressed,push in the selector lever button and move the

SIS0054 SIS0057

SIS0058


5-13

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

lever to the R position.

N (Neutral):

Neither forward or reverse gear is engaged.The engine can be started in this position.You may shift to N and restart a stalled enginewhile the vehicle is moving.

D (Drive):

Use this position for all normal forwarddriving.

2 (Second gear):

Use for hill climbing or engine braking ondownhill grades or starting on slippery roads.

Push in the selector lever button and move theselector lever from the D to 2 position.

Do not downshift into the 2 position at speedsover the following speeds and do not exceedthe following speeds in the 2 position:

2WD and AUTO:60 MPH (95 km/h)

4H:50 MPH (80 km/h)

4LO:22 MPH (35 km/h)

1 (Low gear):

Use this position when climbing steep hillsslowly or driving slowly through deep snow,sand or mud, or for maximum engine brakingon steep downhill grades.

Do not downshift into the 1 position at speedsover the following speed and do not exceedthe following speeds in the 1 position:

2WD and AUTO:30 MPH (50 km/h)

4H:30 MPH (50 km/h)

4LO:10 MPH (15 km/h)

Shift lock release

SIS0052


5-14

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

If the battery charge is low, the select levermay not be moved from the P position evenwith the brake pedal depressed and the selectlever button pushed.

To move the select lever, push the shift lockrelease button and select lever button. Theselect lever can be moved to N (Neutral).

To push the shift lock release button, followthe procedure as illustrated.

If the lever cannot be moved out of P (Park),have your INFINITI dealer check the automatictransmission system as soon as possible.

WARNING

If the selector lever cannot be movedfrom the P position while the engineis running and the brake pedal is de-pressed, the stop lights may notwork. Malfunctioning stoplights

could cause an accident injuringyourself and others.

Accelerator downshift— In D position —For passing or hill climbing, fully depress theaccelerator pedal to the floor. This shifts thetransmission down into second gear or firstgear, depending on the vehicle speed.

Overdrive switch

Each time your vehicle is started, the trans-mission is automatically reset to overdrive on.

ON: For normal driving the Overdriveswitch is engaged. The transmissionis upshifted into Overdrive as thevehicle speed increases.

The overdrive does not engage until theengine has warmed up.

OFF: For driving up and down long slopeswhere engine braking would be ad-

SIS0055


5-15

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

vantageous, push the overdriveswitch. The O/D OFF light illumi-nates. When cruising at a low speedor climbing a gentle slope, you mayfeel uncomfortable shift shocks as thetransmission shifts between 3rd andoverdrive repeatedly. In this case,press the overdrive switch. The O/DOFF indicator light comes on at thistime.

When driving conditions change, press theoverdrive switch again. The O/D OFF indicatorlight goes out.

Remember not to drive at high speeds forextended periods of time with the O/D OFFlight illuminated. This reduces the fueleconomy.

Fail-safe

When the Fail-safe operation occurs, the nexttime the key is turned to the ON position, theO/D OFF light will blink for approximately 8

seconds after coming on for 2 seconds. Whilethe vehicle can be driven under these circum-stances please note that the gears in theautomatic transmission will be locked in thirdgear.

If the vehicle is driven under extremeconditions, such as excessive wheelspinning and subsequent hard braking,the Fail-safe system may be activated.This will occur even if all electrical cir-cuits are functioning properly. In thiscase, turn the ignition key OFF and waitfor 3 seconds. Then turn the key back tothe ON position. The vehicle should re-turn to its normal operating condition. Ifit does not return to its normal operatingcondition have your INFINITI dealercheck the transmission and repair ifnecessary.

PARKING BRAKE

To apply: pull the lever up.

To release:

1. Firmly apply the foot brake.

2. Move the selector lever to the P position.

3. While pulling up on the lever slightly,push the button and lower completely.

4. Before driving, be sure the brake warninglight goes out.

SIS0022


5-16

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

WARNING

O Be sure the parking brake is fullyreleased before driving. Failure todo so can cause brake failure andlead to an accident.

O Do not release the parking brakefrom outside the vehicle.

O Do not use the gear shift in placeof the parking brake. When park-ing, be sure the parking brake isfully engaged.

O Do not leave children unattendedin a vehicle. They could releasethe parking brake and cause anaccident.

CRUISE CONTROLPRECAUTIONS ON CRUISECONTROLO If the SET control system malfunctions, it

cancels automatically. The SET indicatorlight in the instrument panel then blinks towarn the driver.

O If the SET indicator light blinks, turn thecruise control main switch off and have thesystem checked by your INFINITI dealer.

O The SET indicator light may blink when thecruise control main switch is turned onwhile pushing the RES/ACCEL, COAST/SET, or CANCEL switch (located on thesteering wheel). To properly set the cruisecontrol system, perform the precedingsteps in the order indicated.

WARNING

Do not use the cruise control whendriving under the following condi-tions:

O it is not possible to keep thevehicle at a set speed.

O in heavy traffic or in traffic thatvaries in speed.

O on winding or hilly roads.

O on slippery roads (rain, snow,ice, etc.)

O in very windy areas.

Doing so could cause a loss of ve-hicle control and result in anaccident.


5-17

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

CRUISE CONTROL OPERA-TIONS

The cruise control allows driving at a speedbetween 30 to 89 MPH (48 to 144 km/h)without keeping your foot on the acceleratorpedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push the

main switch on. The CRUISE indicator light onthe meter panel will come on.

To set cruising speed, accelerate yourvehicle to the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it. (The SETlight will come on.) Take your foot off theaccelerator pedal. Your vehicle will maintainthe set speed.

O When passing a vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle will return to the previ-ously set speed.

O The vehicle may not maintain the set speedwhen going up or down steep hills. If thishappens, drive without the cruise control.

To cancel the preset speed, follow any ofthese methods:

a) Push the cancel button; The SET light willgo out.

b) Tap the brake pedal; The SET light will goout.

c) Turn the main switch off. Both the CRUISEindicator and SET indicator lights will goout.

O If you depress the brake pedal whilepushing the RES/ACCEL switch and resetat the cruising speed, the cruise controlwill disengage. Turn the main switch offonce and then turn it on again.

O The cruise control will automatically can-cel if the vehicle slows down more than 8MPH (13 km/h) below the set speed.

O Move the selector lever to the N position.The SET light will go out.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, useone of the following methods:

a) Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push andrelease the COAST/SET switch.

SIS0059


5-18

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

b) Push and hold the RES/ACCEL set switch.When the vehicle attains the speed youdesire, release the switch.

c) Push, then quickly release the RES/ACCELset switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will increase by about 1 MPH (1.6km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following methods:

a) Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it.

b) Push and hold the COAST/SET switch.Release the switch when the vehicle slowsdown to the desired speed.

c) Push, then quickly release the COAST/SETswitch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will decrease by about 1 MPH (1.6km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and re-lease the RES/ACCEL set switch. The vehiclewill resume the last set cruising speed whenthe vehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h).

Precautions

O If the cruise control system malfunctions,it will cancel automatically. The SET indi-cator in the meter assembly will then blinkto warn the driver.

O If the SET indicator blinks, turn the cruisecontrol switch (Main switch) OFF and havethe system checked by your INFINITIdealer.

O The CRUISE indicator may sometimes blinkwhen the cruise control switch (Mainswitch) is turned ON while pushing theRES/ACCEL switch or COAST/SET switchor CANCEL switch (located on the steeringwheel). To properly set the cruise controlsystem, perform the steps above in the or-der indicated. (This is a fail-safe mode.

Turn the main switch OFF and turn it ONagain without pushing the set switch to re-turn to normal operation.)

BREAK-IN SCHEDULEDuring the first 1,000 miles (1,600 km), followthese recommendations for the future reliabilityand economy of your new vehicle.

O Avoid driving for long periods at constantspeed, either fast or slow.

O Do not accelerate at full throttle in anygear.

O Avoid quick starts.

O Avoid hard braking as much as possible.

O Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles(800 km).

INCREASING FUELECONOMYO Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Maintain


5-19

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

cruising speeds with a constant acceleratorposition.

O Drive at moderate speeds on the highway.

O Driving at high speeds will lower fueleconomy.

O Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking.Keep a safe distance behind other vehicles.

O Select a gear range suitable to road con-ditions.

O Avoid unnecessary prolonged engineidling.

O Keep your engine tuned up.

O Follow the recommended periodic mainte-nance schedule.

O Keep the tires inflated at the correct pres-sure. Improper tire pressure will increasewear and waste fuel.

O Make sure the front wheels are properlyaligned. Improper alignment will cause

premature tire wear and lower fueleconomy.

O Air conditioner operation lowers fueleconomy. Use the air conditioner onlywhen necessary.

O When cruising at highway speeds, it ismore economical to use the air conditionerand leave the windows closed to reducedrag.

O Use 4H position only when necessary. 4Hoperation lowers fuel economy.

USING FOUR WHEEL DRIVE(4WD)

CAUTION

O Do not drive the vehicle in the 4Hor 4LO position on dry hard sur-face roads.

If the 4WD warning light turns onwhen you are driving on dry hardsurface roads


O in the 4LO position, stopthevehicle, move the auto-matic transmission lever tothe N position, and shift the4WD shift switch to 2WD.

Have your vehicle checked by anauthorized INFINITI dealer as soonas possible.


5-20

Z 00.11.28/JR50-D/V5 X

TRANSFER CASE SHIFTINGPROCEDURESAll mode 4WD system provides 4 positions(AUTO, 2WD, 4H and 4LO), so you can selectthe desired drive mode according to thedriving conditions.

2WD or 4WD shift procedure


5-21

Z 00.11.28/JR50-D/V5 X

SIS0053A


5-22

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

*1: O The transfer 4LO position indicatorlight may blink. Stop the vehicle. Besure to shift the 4WD shift switchafter the automatic transmission leverhas been shifted to the N position. Ifthe indicator light keeps blinking afterthe 4WD shift procedure in the pre-vious page, drive slowly withoutabrupt maneuvers for a while. Thenthe light will turn on or off.

O Avoid making a turn or abrupt startswhile shifting to 4LO. Otherwisegears may grind, damaging the drivesystem.

*2: Make sure the transfer 4LO position indi-cator light turns on when you shift the4WD shift switch to 4LO.

The transfer case 4WD shift switch is used toselect either 2WD or 4WD depending on thedriving conditions. There are four types ofdrive modes available, AUTO, 2WD, 4H and4LO.

The 4WD shift switch electronically controlsthe transfer case operation. Rotate the switchto move between each mode, 2WD, AUTO, 4Hand 4LO.

You must push the switch in to select4LO, and the vehicle MUST be station-ary and the automatic transmission se-lector lever is in the N position whenchanging into or out of 4LO.

WARNING

When parking, apply the parkingbrake before stopping the engine andmake sure that the 4WD shift indica-tor light is on and the ATP warninglight goes off. Otherwise, the vehiclecould unexpectedly move even if theautomatic transmission is in the Pposition.

CAUTION

O Never shift the 4WD shift switchbetween 4LO and 4H while driv-ing.

O The 4H position provides greaterpower and traction. Avoid exces-sive speed, as it will cause lossof traction. Speed over 80 km/h(50 MPH) in 4H is not recom-mend.

O The 4LO position provides maxi-mum power and traction. Avoidraising vehicle speed exces-sively, as the maximum speed isapproximately 50 km/h (30 MPH).

O When driving straight, shift the4WD shift switch to the 2WD,AUTO or 4H position. Do not move


5-23

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

the 4WD shift switch when mak-ing a turn or reversing.

O Do not shift the 4WD shift switch(between 2WD, AUTO and 4H)while driving on steep downhillgrades. Use the engine brake andlow automatic transmission gears(D1 or D2) for engine braking.

O Do not operate the 4WD shiftswitch (between 2WD, AUTO and4H) with the rear wheels spin-ning.

O Do not drive on dry hard surfaceroads in the 4H or 4LO position.Driving on dry hard surfaces in 4Hor 4LO may cause unnecessarynoise and tire wear. We recom-mend driving in the 2WD or AUTOposition under these conditions.

O Vehicles equipped with a limitedslip differential (LSD) have im-proved driving performance onrough roads. They have increasedtraction performance, so whenmaking a turn on paved roads,vibration and tire squealing mayoccur.

O The 4WD transfer case may notbe shifted between 4H and 4LO atlow ambient temperatures andthe transfer 4LO position indica-tor light may blink even when the4WD shift switch is shifted. Afterdriving for a while you canchange the 4WD transfer casebetween 4H and 4LO.

When driving on rough roads,

O Set the 4WD shift switch to AUTO, 4H or4LO.

O Drive carefully according to the road sur-face conditions.

When the vehicle is stuck,

O Place stones or wooden blocks under thetires to free the vehicle.

O Set the 4WD shift switch to 4H or 4LO.

O If it is difficult to free the vehicle, repeatforward and backward movement to in-crease the movement.

O If the vehicle is stuck deep in mud, tirechains may be effective.

CAUTION

O Do not increase the tire rotationexcessively. Tires will sink deepinto the mud, making it difficult tofree the vehicle.

O Avoid shifting gears with the en-


5-24

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

gine running at high speeds asthis may cause malfunction.

4WD shift switch operationsO Shift the 4WD shift switch to either the

2WD, AUTO, 4H or 4LO position, depend-ing on driving conditions.

O With the switch set to the AUTO position,distribution of torque to the front and rearwheels changes automatically, dependingon road conditions encountered [ratio; 0 :

100 (2WD) → 50 : 50 (4WD)]. Thisresults in improved driving stability.

O If the 4WD shift switch is operatedwhile making a turn, accelerating ordecelerating or if the key switch isturned off while in the AUTO, 4H or4LO, you may feel a jerk. This is notabnormal.

O When the vehicle is stopped aftermaking a turn, you may feel a slightjolt after the selector lever is shiftedto N or P. This occurs because thetransfer clutch is released and notbecause of a malfunction.

CAUTION

O When driving straight, shift the4WD shift switch to the 2WD,AUTO, or 4H position. Do not move

the 4WD shift switch when mak-ing a turn or reversing.

O Do not shift the 4WD shift switchwhile driving on steep downhillgrades. Use the engine brake andlow automatic transmission gears(D1 or D2) for engine braking.

O Do not operate the 4WD shiftswitch with the rear wheels spin-ning.

O Before placing the 4WD shiftswitch in the 4H position from2WD or AUTO, ensure the vehiclespeed is less than 50 MPH (80km/h). Failure to do so can dam-age the 4WD system.

O Never shift the 4WD shift switchbetween 4LO and 4H whiledriving.

SIS0046A


5-25

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

O Engine idling speed is high whilewarming up the engine. Be espe-cially careful when starting ordriving on slippery surfaces withthe 4WD shift switch set in AUTO.

4WD shift indicator light

The 4WD shift indicator light is located in thetachometer.


While the engine is running, the 4WD shiftindicator light will illuminate the positionselected by the 4WD shift switch.

O The 4WD shift indicator light mayblink while shifting from one drivemode to the other. When the shiftingis completed, the 4WD shift indicatorlight will come on. If the indicatorlight does not come on immediately,make sure the area around the ve-hicle is safe, and drive the vehiclestraight, accelerate or decelerate ormove the vehicle in reverse, thenshift the 4WD shift switch.

O If the 4WD warning light comes on, the4WD indicator light goes out.

CAUTION

O When the 4WD shift switch is

turned to the AUTO position at lowambient temperatures, the 4WDshift indicator light may show 4H.If this happens, all four wheelsare driven as torque distributionis in the 4H position. Be carefulas the vehicle may become diffi-cult to turn. When the vehicle isdriven, the 4WD shift indicatorlight should change to AUTO.

O If the 4WD shift indicator lightindication changes to 2WD whenthe 4WD shift switch is shifted tothe AUTO or 4H position at lowambient temperatures, the 2WDmode may be being engaged dueto malfunctioning drive system. Ifthe indicator does not return tonormal and the 4WD warninglight comes on, have the system

SIS0027


5-26

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

checked by the nearest INFINITIdealer.

4WD warning light The 4WD warning light is located in themeter.

If the transfer shift lever is set in the Nposition, the 4WD warning light may illumi-nate. When this occurs, move the 4WD shiftswitch to the 4H or 4LO position.

The 4WD warning light comes on when thekey switch is turned to ON. It turns off soonafter the engine is started.

If any malfunciton occurs in the 4WD systemwhen the key switch is ON, the warning lightwill either remain illuminated or blink.

If the 4WD warning light comes on, the 4WDshift indicator light goes out.

High-temperature transfer case oil makes thewarning light blink rapidly (about twice persecond). If the warning light blinks rapidlyduring operation, stop the vehicle in a safeplace immediately. Then if the light goes offafter a while, you can continue driving.

SIS0028A


5-27

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

A large difference between the diameters offront and rear wheels will make the warninglight blink slowly (about once per two sec-onds). Change the 4WD shift switch into 2WDand do not drive fast.

CAUTION

O If the warning light comes on orblinks slowly during operation orrapidly after stopping the vehiclefor a while, have your vehiclechecked by an authorized INFINITIdealer as soon as possible.

O Shifting between 4H and 4LO isnot recommended when the 4WDwarning light turns on.

O When the warning light comeson, the 2WD mode may be en-gaged even if the 4WD shift

switch is in AUTO or 4H. Be es-pecially careful when driving. Ifcorresponding parts are malfunc-tioning, the 4WD mode will not beengaged even if the 4WD shiftswitch is shifted.

O Do not drive on dry hard surfaceroads in the 4H or 4LO position.

If the 4WD warning light turns onwhen you are driving on dry hardsurface roads


O in the 4LO position, stop thevehicle, move the automatictransmission lever to the Nposition, and shift the 4WDshift switch to 2WD.

O If the warning light is still on afterthe above operation, have yourvehicle checked by an authorizedINFINITI dealer as soon as pos-sible.

O The transfer case may be dam-aged if you continue driving withthe warning light blinking rapidly.


5-28

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

PARKING/PARKING ONHILLS

WARNING

O Do not stop or park the vehicleover flammable materials such asdry grass, waste paper or rags.They may ignite and cause a fire.

O Never leave children unattended

in the vehicle.

O Never leave the engine runningwhile the vehicle is unattended.

1. Firmly apply the parking brake (handbrake).

2. Move the automatic transmission selectlever to the P (Park) position.

WARNING

O Safe parking procedures requirethat both the parking brake be setand the transmission placed into P(Park). Failure to do so couldcause the vehicle to move unex-pectedly or roll away and result inan accident.

O Make sure the select lever hasbeen pushed as far forward as itcan go and cannot be moved with-out depressing the button at theend of the lever.

All-mode 4WD models:

O If the ATP light is ON, this indi-cates that the automatic transmission P (park) position will notfunction and the transfer case is

SIS0029


5-29

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

in neutral. Make sure that the4WD shift indicator light (andtransfer 4LO position indicator)light remains illuminated beforestopping the engine. Otherwise,the vehicle could unexpectedlymove even if the automatic trans-mission is in the P (park) posi-tion.

O Failure to engage the transfercase in 4H or 4LO could result inthe vehicle moving unexpectedly,resulting in serious personal in-jury or property damage.

3. To help prevent the vehicle from rollinginto the street when parked on a slopingdrive way, it is a good practice to turn thewheels as illustrated.

O HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: j1

Turn the wheels into the curb and move

the vehicle forward until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

O HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: j2

Turn the wheels away from the curb andmove the vehicle back until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

O HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NOCURB: j3

Turn the wheels toward the side of theroad so the vehicle will move away fromthe center of the road if it moves.

Make sure the ATP light is off beforestopping the engine.

4. Turn the ignition key to the LOCK positionand remove the key.

WARNING

When parking, apply the parking

brake before stopping the engineand make sure that the 4WD shiftindicator light is (and transfer 4LOposition indicator light are) on. Oth-erwise, the vehicle could unexpect-edly move even if the automatictransmission is in the P position.

POWER STEERINGThe power assisted steering is designed touse a hydraulic pump, driven by the engine, toassist steering.

If the engine stops or drive belt breaks, youwill still have control of the vehicle. However,much greater steering effort is needed, espe-cially in sharp turns or at low speeds.


5-30

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

WARNING

If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the powerassist for the steering will not work.Steering will be much harder to op-erate.

BRAKE SYSTEMThe brake system has two separate hydrauliccircuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you willstill have braking at two wheels.

Vacuum assisted brake

The brake booster aids braking by usingengine vacuum. If the engine stops, you canstop the vehicle by depressing the brakepedal. However, greater foot pressure on thebrake pedal will be required to stop the vehicleand the stopping distance will be longer.

Using the brakes

Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedalwhile driving. This will overheat the brakes,wear out the brake linings and pads faster andreduce gas mileage.

To help save the brakes and to prevent thebrakes from overheating, before going down aslope or long grade, reduce speed and down-shift to a lower gear.

Wet brakes

When the vehicle is washed or driven throughwater, the brakes may get wet. As a result,your braking distance will be longer and thevehicle may pull to one side during braking.

To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safespeed while lightly pressing the brake pedal toheat-up the brakes. Do this until the brakesreturn to normal. Avoid driving the vehicle athigh speeds until the brakes function cor-rectly.

WARNING

O While driving on a slippery sur-face, be careful when braking, ac-celerating or downshifting. Abruptbraking or accelerating couldcause the wheels to skid and re-sult in an accident.

O If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, thepower assist for the brakes willnot work. Braking will be harder.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM(ABS)

The anti-lock brake system controls the brakesat each wheel so the wheels will not lock whenbraking abruptly or when braking on slipperysurfaces. The system detects the rotationspeed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid


5-31

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

pressure to prevent each wheel from locking.By preventing wheel lockup, the system helpsthe driver maintain steering control and helpsto minimize swerving and spinning on slip-pery surfaces.

Using the system

Depress the brake pedal and hold it down.

WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal.

Doing so may result in increasedstopping distances.

Normal operation

The anti-lock brake system will not operate atspeeds below 3 to 6 MPH (5 to 10 km/h) tocompletely stop the vehicle. (The speeds willvary according to road conditions.) When theanti-lock system senses that one or more

wheels are close to locking up, the actuator(under the hood) rapidly applies and releaseshydraulic pressure (like pumping the brakesvery quickly). While the actuator is working,you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedaland hear a noise or vibration from the actuatorunder the hood. This is normal and indicatesthat the anti-lock system is working properly.However, the pulsation may indicate that roadconditions are hazardous and extra care isrequired while driving.

If a tire slips on rough roads for morethan 10 seconds, the ABS brake warninglight may come on. Turn OFF the ignitionkey, restart the engine and drive the ve-hicle at speeds above 20 MPH (30km/h). If the warning light does not goout, have the vehicle checked at anINFINITI dealer.

Self-test feature

The anti-lock brake system consists of elec-

tronic sensors, electric pumps, and hydraulicsolenoids controlled by a computer. Thecomputer has a built-in diagnostic feature thattests the system each time you start the engineand move the vehicle at a low speed inforward or reverse. When the self-test occurs,you may hear a clank noise and/or feel apulsation in the brake pedal. This is normaland is not an indication of any malfunction. Ifthe computer senses any malfunction, itswitches the anti-lock brake system OFF andturns on the ABS brake warning light in thedashboard. The brake system will then behavenormally, but without anti-lock assistance.

If the light comes on during the self check, orwhile you are driving, you should take yourvehicle to your INFINITI dealer for repair atyour earliest convenience.


5-32

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

WARNING

The anti-lock brake system is a so-phisticated device, but it cannot pre-vent accidents resulting from care-less or dangerous driving tech-niques. It can help maintain vehiclecontrol during braking on slipperysurfaces, but remember that thestopping distance on slippery sur-faces will be longer than on normalsurfaces, even with the anti-lock sys-tem. Stopping distances may also belonger on rough, gravel or snow cov-ered roads, or if you are using tirechains. Always maintain a safe dis-tance from the vehicle in front of you.Ultimately, the responsibility forsafety of self and others rests in thehands of the driver.

Tire type and condition of tires mayalso affect braking effectiveness.

O When replacing tires, install thespecified size of tires on all fourwheels.

O When installing a spare tire,make sure it is the proper sizeand type as specified on the tireplacard. See “Tire placard” in the“10. Technical and consumer in-formation” section for tire plac-ard location information.

COLD WEATHER DRIVING

FREEING A FROZEN DOORLOCK

To prevent a door lock from freezing, applyde-icer or glycerin through the key hole. If thelock becomes frozen, heat the key beforeinserting it into the key hole.

ANTI-FREEZE

When it is anticipated that the temperature willdrop below 32°F (0°C), check the anti-freeze(ethylene glycol base) to assure proper winterprotection. For details, see “Engine coolingsystem” in the “8. Do-it-yourself” section.

BATTERY

If the battery is not fully charged duringextremely cold weather conditions, the batteryfluid may freeze and damage the battery. Tomaintain maximum efficiency, the batteryshould be checked regularly. For details, see“Battery” in the “8. Do-it-yourself” section.

DRAINING OF COOLANT WA-TER

If the vehicle is to be left outside withoutanti-freeze, drain the cooling system by open-ing the drain valves located under the radiatorand on the engine block. Refill before oper-ating the vehicle. See “Engine cooling system”


5-33

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

in the “8. Do-it-yourself” section for changingengine coolant.

TIRE EQUIPMENT

1. SUMMER tires are of a tread design toprovide superior performance on dry pave-ment. However, the performance of thesetires will be substantially reduced in snowyand icy conditions. If you operate yourvehicle on snowy or icy roads, INFINITIrecommends the use of MUD & SNOW orALL SEASON tires on all four wheels.Please consult your INFINITI dealer for thetire type, size, speed rating and availabilityinformation.

2. For additional traction on icy roads, stud-ded tires may be used. However, someprovinces and states prohibit their use.Check local, state and provincial lawsbefore installing studded tires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may

be poorer than that of non-studded snowtires.

3. Tire chains may be used if desired. Makesure they are of proper size for the tires onyour vehicle and are installed according tothe chain manufacturer’s suggestions.

Use of tire chains may be prohibited accord-ing to location. Check the local laws beforeinstalling tire chains. When installing tirechains, make sure they are of proper size forthe tires on your vehicle and are installedaccording to the chain manufacturer’s sugges-tions. Use only SAE Class S chains. Othertypes may damage your vehicle. Use chaintensioners when recommended by the tirechain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit. Looseend links of the tire chain must be secured orremoved to prevent the possibility of whippingaction damage to the fenders or underbody. Ifpossible, avoid fully loading your vehiclewhen using tire chains. In addition, drive at areduced speed. Otherwise, your vehicle may

be damaged and/or vehicle handling andperformance may be adversely affected.

Do not use tire chains on dry roads.

Tire chains must be installed only on therear wheels and not on the front wheels.

Do not drive with tire chains on paved roadswhich are clear of snow. Driving with chainsin such conditions can cause damage to thevarious mechanisms of the vehicle due tosome overstress. When driving on clear pavedroads, be sure to change to 2WD.

Four wheel drive

If you install snow tires, they must also be thesame size, brand, construction and treadpattern on all four wheels.

CAUTION

ONLY use spare tires specified for


5-34

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

each four wheel drive model.

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENTIt is recommended that the following items becarried in the vehicle during winter:

O A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to re-move ice and snow from the windows andwiper blades.

O A sturdy, flat board to be placed under thejack to give it firm support.

O A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow-drifts.

O Extra window washer fluid to refill thereservoir tank.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING

O Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezingrain), very cold snow or ice can beslick and very hard to drive on. Thevehicle will have a lot less tractionor grip under these conditions. Tryto avoid driving on wet ice until theroad is salted or sanded.

O Whatever the condition, drivewith caution. Accelerate and slowdown with care. If accelerating ordownshifting too fast, the drivewheels will lose even more trac-tion.

O Allow more stopping distance un-der these conditions. Brakingshould be started sooner than on

dry pavement.

O Allow greater following distanceson slippery roads.

O Watch for slippery spots (glareice). These may appear on anotherwise clear road in shadedareas. If a patch of ice is seenahead, brake before reaching it.Try not to brake while actually onthe ice, and avoid any suddensteering maneuvers.

O Do not use cruise control on slip-pery roads.

O Snow can trap dangerous exhaustgases under your vehicle. Keepsnow clear of the exhaust pipeand from around your vehicle.


5-35

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if soequipped)An engine block heater to assist extreme coldtemperature starting is available through yourINFINITI dealer.

WARNING

Do not use your heater with an un-grounded electrical system or two-pronged (cheater) adapters. You canbe injured by an electrical shock ifyou use an ungrounded connection.


5-36

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

6 IN CASE OF EMERGENCY

Roadside assistance program ..................... 6-2Flat tire ........................................................ 6-2

Changing a flat tire ................................ 6-2Jump starting .............................................. 6-8Push starting ............................................. 6-10

If your vehicle overheats........................... 6-10Towing your vehicle .................................. 6-11

Towing recommended by INFINITI ...... 6-12Vehicle recovery (Freeing a stuckvehicle) ................................................. 6-14

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

ROADSIDE ASSISTANCEPROGRAMEvery new INFINITI comes with a 4 year,unlimited mileage Roadside Assistance plan.In the event of a roadside emergency, Road-side Assistance Service is available to you.Please refer to your Warranty Booklet fordetails. Both the Warranty Booklet and Road-side Assistance Calling Card in your Owner’sLiterature Portfolio provide the Toll-FreeNumber to call for assistance. Roadside As-sistance is provided 24 hours a day, 365 daysa year, for four years from the date sold to giveemergency roadside help, in the event ofmechanical or nonmechanical trouble(s) suchas flat tires, out-of-gas, dead battery, lost keysmechanical breakdown, accident, etc.

FLAT TIRECHANGING A FLAT TIREIf you have a flat tire, follow the instructionsbelow.

Stopping the vehicle1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and

away from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply theparking brake. Shift the automatic trans-mission to P (Park).

WARNING

Make sure the 4WD shift indicatorand/or transfer 4LO position indicatorlight remains illuminated beforestopping the engine.

Make sure the ATP light is off beforestopping the engine. Otherwise, thevehicle could roll unexpectedly evenif the automatic transmission is inthe P position. This could result inserious personal injury or property

damage.

4. Turn off the engine.

WARNING

O Make sure the parking brake is se-curely applied and the automatictransmission is shifted into P(Park).

O Never change tires when the ve-hicle is on a slope, ice or slipperyareas. This is hazardous.

O Never change tires if oncomingtraffic is close to your vehicle.Wait for professional roadassistance.

5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, and tosignal professional road assistance per-

IN CASE OF EMERGENCY

6-2

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

sonnel that you need help.

6. Have all passengers get out of the vehicleand stand in a safe place, away from trafficand clear of the vehicle.

If needed, Roadside Assistance is available.Please refer to your Warranty Booklet orRoadside Assistance I.D. Card for the toll-freenumber to call.

Blocking wheels

Stop the engine and pull the parking brakelever all the way on.

Place suitable blocks at both the front andback of the wheel diagonally opposite the flattire to prevent the vehicle from rolling when itis jacked up.

WARNING

Be sure to block the wheel as the ve-hicle may move and cause personalinjury.

Getting the spare tire and tools

Remove jacking tools and spare tire fromstorage area.

SIE0022

SIE0020A

SIE0055


6-3

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

CAUTION

O Do not insert the jack rod straightas it is designed to be inserted atan angle as shown.

O Make sure the rod tip fits in thefitting portion of the spare tirehanger and turn the rod.

O Be sure to center the spare tiresuspending plate on the wheeland then lift the spare tire.

Removing wheel cap

CAUTION

Do not use your hands to pry off wheelcaps. Doing so could result in per-sonal injury.

SIE0021

SIE0050


6-4

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

Jacking up the vehicle and re-moving the damaged tire

SIE0051

SIE0024A

SIE0054


6-5

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

WARNING

O Never get under the vehicle whileit is supported only by the jack.

O Use only the jack provided withyour vehicle to lift the vehicle. Donot use the jack provided withyour vehicle on other vehicles.The jack is designed only for lift-ing your vehicle during a tirechange.

O Use the correct jack up points;never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

O Never jack up the vehicle morethan necessary.

O Never use blocks on or under thejack.

O Do not start or run engine whilevehicle is on the jack, as it maycause the vehicle to move. This isespecially true for vehicles withlimited slip differential carriers.

O Do not allow passengers to stayin the vehicle while it is on thejack.

Carefully read the following instruc-tions.

1. (Type A only)

Put the adapter stored in the tool bag onthe jack when jacking up the front side.

Do not use the jack adapter for therear.

2. Place the jack directly under the jack-uppoint.

The jack should be used on level firmground.

3. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns byturning counterclockwise with the wheelnut wrench.

Do not remove the wheel nuts until thetire is off the ground.

4. Carefully raise the vehicle until the tireclears the ground. To lift the vehicle,securely hold the jack lever and rod withboth hands as shown above. Remove thewheel nuts, and then remove the wheel. Donot remove the brake drum with the wheel.


6-6

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

Installing the spare tire

1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surfacebetween the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the wheel on and tighten thewheel nuts finger tight.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheelnuts alternately and evenly until they aretight.

4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with the wheelnut wrench, tighten the wheel nuts se-

curely in the sequence as illustrated.

WARNING

O Incorrect wheel nuts or improperlytightened wheel nuts can causethe wheel to become loose orcome off. This could cause an ac-cident.

O Do not use oil or grease on thewheel studs or nuts. This couldcause the nuts to become loose.

As soon as possible tighten the wheelnuts to the specified torque with a torquewrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:98 ft-lb (133 Nzm)

Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pres-sure.

COLD pressure:

After vehicle has been parked for threehours or more or driven less than 1 mile(1.6 km).

COLD tire pressures are shown on thetire placard affixed to the glove box lid.

WARNING

Retighten the wheel nuts when thevehicle has been driven for 600 miles(1,000 km) (also in cases of a flattire, etc.).

5. Securely store the spare tire and jackingequipment in the vehicle.

SIE0025


6-7

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

WARNING

Always make sure that the spare tireand jacking equipment are properlysecured after use. Such items can be-come dangerous projectiles in an ac-cident or sudden stop.

JUMP STARTINGIf you try to start your engine with a boosterbattery, follow the instructions and precau-tions below:

WARNING

O If done incorrectly, jump startingcan lead to a battery explosion, re-sulting in severe injury or death. Itcould also damage your vehicle.

O Explosive hydrogen gas is alwayspresent in the vicinity of the bat-tery. Keep all sparks and flamesaway from it.

O Do not allow battery fluid to comeinto contact with eyes, skin, clothor painted surfaces. Battery fluidis a corrosive sulphuric acid so-lution which can cause severeburns. If the fluid should comeinto contact with anything, imme-diately flush the contacted areawith water.

O Keep battery out of the reach ofchildren.

O The booster battery must be ratedat 12 volts. Use of an improperlyrated battery can damage yourvehicle.

O Whenever working on or near abattery, always wear suitable eyeprotectors (for example, gogglesor industrial safety spectacles)and remove rings, metal bands,or any other jewelry. Do not leanover battery when jump starting.

O Do not attempt to jump start afrozen battery. It could explodeand cause serious injury.

O Your vehicle has an automaticengine cooling fan. It could comeon at any time. Keep hands andother objects away from it.


6-8

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

WARNING

Always follow the instructions below.Failure to do so could result in dam-age to the charging system and causepersonal injury.

1. Position the two vehicles to bring theirbatteries into close proximity to each otherif the booster battery is in another vehicle.

Do not allow the two vehicles totouch.

2. Apply parking brakes. Move the selectorlever to P (Park). Switch off all unneces-sary electrical systems (light, heater, airconditioner, etc.).

3. Remove vent caps on the battery (if soequipped). Cover the battery with an oldcloth to reduce explosion hazard.

4. Connect jumper cables in the sequence asillustrated.

CAUTION

O Always connect positive (+) topositive (+) and negative (−) tobody ground (for example, strutmounting bolt, engine lift bracket,etc. — not to the battery).

O Make sure that cables do nottouch moving parts in the enginecompartment and that clamps donot contact any other metal.

5. Start the engine of the other vehicle and letit run for a few minutes.

6. Keep the engine speed of the other vehicleat about 2,000 rpm, and start your enginein the normal manner.

CAUTION

Do not keep starter motor engagedfor more than 10 seconds. If the en-gine does not start right away, turnthe key off and wait 3 to 4 seconds be-fore trying again.

7. After starting your engine, carefully dis-

SIE0026


6-9

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

connect the negative cable and then thepositive cable.

8. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped). Besure to dispose of the cloth used to coverthe vent holes as it may be contaminatedwith corrosive acid.

PUSH STARTING

CAUTION

O Automatic transmission modelscannot be push started. This maycause transmission damage.

O Three way catalyst equippedmodels should not be started bypushing since the three way cata-lyst may be damaged.

O Never try to start the vehicle bytowing it; when the engine starts,

the forward surge could cause thevehicle to collide with the towvehicle.

IF YOUR VEHICLE OVER-HEATSIf your vehicle is overheating indicated by anextremely high temperature gauge reading, orif you feel a lack of engine power, detectabnormal noise, etc., take the following steps:

WARNING

O Do not continue to drive if your ve-hicle overheats. Doing so couldcause a vehicle fire.

O To avoid the danger of beingscalded, never remove the radia-tor cap while the engine is still

hot. When the radiator cap isremoved, pressurized hot waterwill spurt out, possibly causingserious injury.

O Do not open the hood if steam iscoming out.

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, applythe parking brake and move the gearshiftlever to the neutral position (automatictransmission to P (Park)).

Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the air conditioner switch. Openall the windows, move the heater or airconditioner temperature control to maxi-mum hot and fan control to high speed.

3. If engine overheating is caused by climb-ing a long hill on a hot day, run the engineat a fast idle (approximately 1,500 rpm)


6-10

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

until the temperature gauge indication re-turns to normal.

4. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen forsteam or coolant escaping from the radia-tor before opening the hood. Wait until nosteam or coolant can be seen beforeproceeding.

5. Open the engine hood.

WARNING

If steam or water is coming from theengine, stand clear to prevent gettingburned.

6. Visually check drive belts for damage orlooseness. Also check if the cooling fan isrunning. The radiator hoses and radiatorshould not leak water. If coolant is leaking,the cooling fan belt is missing or loose or

the cooling fan does not run, stop theengine.

WARNING

O Be careful not to allow your hands,hair, jewelry or clothing to comeinto contact with, or to get caughtin, the cooling fan or drive belt.

O The engine cooling fan can startat any time when the coolanttemperature is high.

7. After the engine cools down, check thecoolant level in the reservoir tank with theengine running. Add coolant to the reser-voir tank if necessary. Have your vehiclerepaired at the nearest INFINITI dealer.

TOWING YOUR VEHICLEWhen towing your vehicle, all State (Provin-

cial in Canada) and local regulations fortowing must be followed. Incorrect towingequipment could damage your vehicle. Tow-ing instructions are available from yourINFINITI dealer. Local service operators aregenerally familiar with the applicable laws andprocedures for towing. To assure propertowing and to prevent accidental damage toyour vehicle, INFINITI recommends having aservice operator tow your vehicle. It is advis-able to have the service operator carefully readthe following precautions.

WARNING

O Never ride in a vehicle that is be-ing towed.

O Never get under your vehicle afterit has been lifted by a tow truck.


6-11

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

CAUTION

O When towing, make sure that thetransmission, axles, steering sys-tem and powertrain are in workingcondition. If any unit is damaged,dollies must be used.

O Always attach safety chains be-fore towing.

If needed, Roadside Assistance is available.Please see your Warranty Information Bookletor Roadside Assistance I.D. Card for thetoll-free number to call.

TOWING RECOMMENDED BYINFINITI

Two wheel drive models

SIE0052

SIE0053


6-12

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

INFINITI recommends that your vehicle betowed with the driving (rear) wheels off theground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truckas illustrated.

CAUTION

O Never tow automatic transmissionmodels with the rear wheels onthe ground or four wheels on theground (forward or backward), asthis may cause serious and expen-sive damage to the transmission.If it is necessary to tow the vehiclewith the front wheels raised, al-ways use towing dollies under therear wheels.

O When towing automatic transmis-sion models with the front wheelson the ground or on towingdollies:

O Turn the ignition key to theOFF position, and secure thesteering wheel in a straightahead position with a rope orsimilar device. Never securethe steering wheel by turningthe ignition key to the LOCKposition. This may damagethe steering lock mechanism.

If the speed or distance must necessarily begreater, remove the propeller shaft beforetowing to prevent damage to the transmission.


6-13

Z 00.7.14/JR50-D/V5 X

Four wheel drive models

INFINITI recommends that towing dollies beused when towing your vehicle or the vehiclebe placed on a flat bed truck as illustrated. CAUTION

Never tow All-mode 4WD modelswith any of the wheels on the ground

as this may cause serious and ex-pensive damage to the transfercase.

VEHICLE RECOVERY (Freeing astuck vehicle)

O Use the towing hook only, not other partsof the vehicle. Otherwise, the vehicle bodywill be damaged.

O Use the towing hook only to free a vehiclestuck in sand, snow, mud, etc. Never tow

SIE0031

SIE0049


6-14

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

the vehicle for a long distance using onlythe towing hook.

O The towing hook is under tremendousforce when used to free a stuck vehicle.Always pull the cable straight out from thefront of the vehicle. Never pull on thehook at an angle.

O Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

WARNING

Do not spin your tires at high speed.This could cause them to explode andresult in serious injury. Parts of yourvehicle could also overheat and bedamaged.


6-15

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

7 APPEARANCE AND CARE

Cleaning exterior.......................................... 7-2Washing.................................................. 7-2Waxing.................................................... 7-3Removing spots ..................................... 7-3Underbody .............................................. 7-3Glass....................................................... 7-3Aluminum alloy wheels .......................... 7-3Chrome parts ......................................... 7-3

Cleaning interior .......................................... 7-4

Floor mats .............................................. 7-4Seat belts ............................................... 7-5

Corrosion protection.................................... 7-5Most common factors contributing tovehicle corrosion .................................... 7-5Environmental factors influence the rate ofcorrosion ................................................ 7-5To protect your vehicle fromcorrosion ................................................ 7-5

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

CLEANING EXTERIORIn order to maintain the appearance of yourvehicle, it is important to take proper care ofit.

In the following cases, please wash yourvehicle as soon as possible to protect thepaint surface.

O After a rainfall to prevent possible damagefrom acid rain.

O After driving on coastal roads

O When contaminants such as soot, birddroppings, tree sap, metal particles orbugs get on the paint surface

O When dust or mud builds up on thesurface

Whenever possible, store or park your vehicleinside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, park in

a shady area or protect the vehicle with a bodycover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint sur-face when putting on or removing thebody cover.

WASHING

Thoroughly rinse surface dirt off the vehiclewith a wet sponge and plenty of clean water.Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mildsoap such as Nissan Car Wash, or a generalpurpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean,lukewarm (never hot) water. Rinse the vehicleagain with plenty of clean water.

Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors,hatches and hood are particularly vulnerableto the effects of road salt. Therefore, theseareas must be regularly cleaned. Make surethat the drain holes in the lower edge of thedoor are open. Spray water under the bodyand in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt andwash away road salt.

Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surfaceby using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle.

CAUTION

O Do not use strong household soap,strong chemical detergents, gaso-line or solvents.

O Do not wash the vehicle in directsunlight or while the vehicle bodyis hot, as the surface may be-come water-spotted.

O Avoid using tight-napped or roughcloths, such as washing mitts.Care must be taken when remov-ing caked-on dirt or other foreignsubstances so that the paint sur-face is not scratched or damaged.

APPEARANCE AND CARE

7-2

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

WAXINGIf you wish to wax your vehicle, only use a waxspecified for use over clear coats, such asNissan Liquid or Spray Wax, because yourINFINITI has been finished with the finest paintand hard clear coats. Your INFINITI dealer canassist you in choosing the proper product.

O Wax your vehicle only after a thoroughwashing. Follow the instructions suppliedwith the wax.

O Do not use a wax containing any abra-sives, cutting compounds or cleaners thatmay damage the vehicle finish.

O If the surface does not polish easily, use a“road tar” remover and wax again.

Machine compounding or aggressivepolishing on a base coat/clear coat paintfinish may dull the finish or leave swirlmarks.

REMOVING SPOTSRemove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,insects, and tree sap as quickly as possiblefrom the paint surface to avoid lasting damageor staining. Special cleaning products areavailable at your INFINITI dealer or automotiveaccessory stores.

UNDERBODYIn areas where road salt is used in winter, theunderbody must be cleaned regularly. Thiswill prevent dirt and salt from building up andcausing underbody and suspension corrosion.Before the winter period and again in thespring, the underseal must be checked and, ifnecessary, re-treated.

GLASSUse glass cleaner to remove smoke and dustfilm from the glass surfaces. It is normal forglass to become coated with a film after thevehicle is parked in the hot sun. Glass cleanerand a soft cloth will easily remove this film.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of the win-dow, do not use sharp-edged tools,abrasive cleaners or chlorine baseddisinfectant cleaners. They coulddamage the electrical conductors,radio antenna elements or the rearwindow defogger elements.

ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELSWash regularly, especially during wintermonths in areas where road salt is used. Saltcould discolor the wheel if not removed.

CHROME PARTSClean chrome parts regularly with a non-abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish.

APPEARANCE AND CARE

7-3

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

CLEANING INTERIOROccasionally remove loose dust from theinterior trim, plastic parts and seats using avacuum cleaner or soft brush. Wipe the vinyland leather surfaces with a clean, soft clothdampened in mild soap solution, then wipeclean with a dry soft cloth. Before using anyfabric protector, read the manufacturer’s rec-ommendations. Some fabric protectors con-tains chemicals that stain or bleach the seatmaterial. Use a cloth dampened only withwater, to clean the meter and gauge lens.

CAUTION

O Never use gasoline, thinner or anysimilar material.

O The leather seats should be regu-larly coated with a leather wax

like saddle soap. Never use carwax.

O Never use fabric protectors un-less recommended by the manu-facturer.

O Do not use glass or plasticcleaner on meter or gauge lenscovers. It may damage the lenscover.

FLOOR MATS

The use of genuine floor mats can extend thelife of your vehicle carpet and make it easier toclean the interior. No matter what matsare used, be sure they are fitted foryour vehicle and are properly posi-tioned in the footwell to prevent inter-ference with pedal operation. Matsshould be maintained with regular cleaningand replaced if they become excessively worn.

Floor mat positioning aid

This model includes a front floor mat bracketto act as a floor mat positioning aid. INFINITIfloor mats have been specially designed foryour vehicle model. The driver side floor mathas a grommet hole incorporated in it. Simplyposition the mat by placing the floor matbracket through the floor mat grommet holewhile centering the mat in the floorpan con-tour.

Periodically check to make certain that themats are properly positioned.

SIA0005

APPEARANCE AND CARE

7-4

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

SEAT BELTS

The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping themwith a sponge dampened in a mild soapsolution. Allow the belts to dry completelybefore using them.

WARNING

Do not allow wet belts to roll up in theretractor. NEVER use bleach, dye, orchemical solvents since these mayseverely weaken the seat belt web-bing.

CORROSION PROTECTION

MOST COMMON FACTORSCONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLECORROSION:

1. The accumulation of moisture-retainingdirt and debris in body panel sections,

cavities, and other areas.

2. Damage to paint and other protectivecoatings caused by gravel and stone chipsor minor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORSINFLUENCE THE RATE OF COR-ROSION:

Moisture

Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on thevehicle body underside can accelerate corro-sion. Wet floor coverings will not dry com-pletely inside the vehicle, and should beremoved for drying to avoid floor panelcorrosion.

Relative humidityCorrosion will be accelerated in areas of highrelative humidity, especially those areas wherethe temperatures stay above freezing whereatmospheric pollution exists, or where roadsalt is used.

Temperature

A temperature increase will accelerate the rateof corrosion to those parts which are not wellventilated.

Air pollution

Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in theair in coastal areas, or heavy road salt use willaccelerate the corrosion process. Road saltwill also accelerate the disintegration of paintsurfaces.

TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLEFROM CORROSION:

O Wash your vehicle often to keep thevehicle clean.

O Always check for minor damage to thepaint and repair it as soon as possible.

O Keep drain holes at the bottom of thedoors open to avoid water accumulation.

O Check the underbody for accumulation of

APPEARANCE AND CARE

7-5

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

sand, dirt or salt. If present, wash withwater as soon as possible.

CAUTION

O NEVER remove dirt, sand or otherdebris from the passenger com-partment by washing it out with ahose. Remove dirt with a vacuumcleaner or broom.

O Never allow water or other liquidsto come in contact with electroniccomponents inside the vehicle asthis may damage them.

O See your INFINITI dealer for assis-tance.

Chemicals used for road surface de-icing areextremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosionand deterioration of underbody componentssuch as the exhaust system, fuel and brake

lines, brake cables, floor pan and fenders.

In winter, the underbody must becleaned periodically.

For additional protection against rust andcorrosion, which may be required in someareas, consult your local INFINITI dealer.

APPEARANCE AND CARE

7-6

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

8 DO-IT-YOURSELF

Maintenance precautions............................. 8-2Engine compartment check locations ......... 8-4Engine cooling system ................................ 8-5

Checking engine coolant level................ 8-5Changing engine coolant........................ 8-6

Engine oil..................................................... 8-8Checking engine oil level ....................... 8-8Changing engine oil ............................... 8-9Changing engine oil filter ..................... 8-10

Automatic transmission fluid .................... 8-11Temperature conditions forchecking ............................................... 8-11

Power steering fluid .................................. 8-13Brake fluid ................................................. 8-13Window washer fluid................................. 8-14Battery ....................................................... 8-14Drive belts ................................................. 8-16Spark plugs ............................................... 8-16

Replacing spark plugs.......................... 8-16Air cleaner ................................................. 8-17

Windshield wiper blades ........................... 8-18Cleaning................................................ 8-18Replacing.............................................. 8-18

Parking brake and brake pedal.................. 8-19Checking parking brake........................ 8-19Checking brake pedal ........................... 8-19Brake booster....................................... 8-20

Fuses ......................................................... 8-20Engine compartment ............................ 8-21Passenger compartment ...................... 8-22Multi-remote controller batteryreplacement ........................................ 8-22

Lights......................................................... 8-23Headlights ............................................ 8-23Exterior and interior lights ................... 8-24

Wheels and tires........................................ 8-30Tire pressure ........................................ 8-30Types of tires ....................................... 8-31Tire chains............................................ 8-31Changing wheels and tires................... 8-32

Z 00.12.8/JR50-D/V5 X

MAINTENANCE PRECAU-TIONSWhen performing any inspection or mainte-nance work on your vehicle, always take careto prevent serious accidental injury to yourselfor damage to the vehicle. The following aregeneral precautions which should be closelyobserved.

WARNING

O Park the vehicle on a level sur-face, apply the parking brake se-curely and block the wheels to pre-vent the vehicle from moving.Move the selector lever to the P(Park) position.

O Be sure to turn the ignition key tothe OFF or LOCK position whenperforming any replacement orrepair.

O If you must work with the enginerunning, keep your hands, cloth-ing, hair and tools away frommoving fans, belts and any othermoving parts.

O It is advisable to secure or re-move any loose clothing and anyjewelry, such as rings, watches,etc. before working on your ve-hicle.

O Always wear eye protectionwhenever you work on your ve-hicle.

O If you must run the engine in anenclosed space such as a garage,be sure there is proper ventilationfor exhaust gases to escape.

O Never get under the vehicle whileit is supported only by a jack. If it

is necessary to work under thevehicle, support it with safetystands.

O Keep smoking materials, flameand sparks away from fuel andbattery.

O The fuel filter or fuel lines shouldbe serviced by an INFINITI dealerbecause the fuel lines are underhigh pressure even when the en-gine is off.

CAUTION

O Do not work under the hood whilethe engine is hot. Turn off the en-gine and wait until it cools down.

O Never connect or disconnect ei-

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-2

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

ther the battery or any transistor-ized component connector whilethe ignition is on.

O Never leave the engine or auto-matic transmission related com-ponent harness connector discon-nected while the ignition key ison.

O Never leave the engine or theautomatic transmission relatedcomponent harness connectordisconnected while the ignitionkey is on.

O Avoid direct contact with usedengine oil and coolant. Improp-erly disposed engine oil, enginecoolant, and/or other vehicle flu-ids can hurt the environment. Al-ways conform to local regulationsfor disposal of vehicle fluid.

This “8. Do-it-yourself” section gives instruc-tions regarding only those items which arerelatively easy for most owners to perform.More involved service should be done by yourINFINITI dealer.

A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is alsoavailable. See “Owner’s Manual/ServiceManual order information” in the “10. Tech-nical and Consumer Information” section.

You should be aware that incomplete orimproper servicing may result in operatingdifficulties or excessive emissions, and couldaffect your warranty coverage. If in doubtabout any servicing, have it done byyour INFINITI dealer.

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-3

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

SID0201

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-4

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEMThe engine cooling system is filled at thefactory with a high-quality, year-round, anti-freeze coolant solution. The anti-freeze solu-tion contains rust and corrosion inhibitors,therefore additional cooling system additivesare not necessary.

CAUTION

When adding or replacing coolant,use only genuine NISSAN anti-freezecoolant or equivalent with the propermixture ratio of 50% antifreeze and50% demineralized water/distilledwater.

The use of other types of coolantsolutions may damage your enginecooling system.

Outsidetemperature

down toAnti-

freeze

Demineral-ized water/

distilledwater°C °F

−35 −30 50% 50%

WARNING

O Never remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. Seriousburns could be caused by highpressure fluid escaping from theradiator. Wait until the engine andradiator cool down. See “If yourvehicle overheats” in the “6. Incase of emergency” section.

O The radiator is equipped with apressure cap. To prevent enginedamage, use only a genuineINFINITI radiator cap.

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANTLEVEL

Check the coolant level in the reservoir tankwhen the engine is cold. If the coolant level isbelow MIN, add coolant up to the MAX level.If the reservoir tank is empty, check thecoolant level in the radiator when the en-gine is cold. If there is insufficient coolant inthe radiator, fill the radiator with coolant up tothe filler opening and also add it to thereservoir tank up to the MAX level.

If the cooling system requires coolant

SID0083

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-5

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

frequently, have it checked by yourINFINITI dealer.

CHANGING ENGINE COOL-ANTO Major cooling system repairs should be

performed by your INFINITI dealer. Theservice procedures can be found in theappropriate INFINITI Service Manual.

O Improper servicing can result in reducedheater performance and engine overheat-ing.

WARNING

O To avoid the danger of beingscalded, never change the coolantwhen the engine is hot.

O Never remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. Seriousburns could be caused by high

pressure fluid escaping from theradiator.

O Avoid direct skin contact withused coolant. If skin contact ismade, wash thoroughly with soapor hand cleaner as soon as pos-sible.

O Keep coolant out of reach of chil-dren and pets.

1. Perform the following procedure to openthe heater water cock.

O Turn the ignition key from OFF to ON.

O Move the heater or air conditionertemperature control dial to the maxi-mum hot position then turn the ignitionkey to OFF .

2. Open the radiator drain plugs and radiatorcap.

SID0084

SID0085

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-6

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

Open the drain plugs on the engine block. 3. Open the air release plug to drain thecoolant.

O Waste coolant must be disposed of prop-erly.

O Check your local regulations.

4. Flush the cooling system by running freshwater through the radiator.

Waste coolant must be disposed ofproperly. Check your local regula-tions.

5. Close the radiator drain plugs and engineblock drain plugs securely.

6. See the “Technical information” section forcooling system capacity.

Fill the radiator slowly with the propermixture of coolant and water. Fill the

SID0202

SID0203

SID0204

SID0224

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-7

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

reservoir tank slowly up to the MAX level.Then install the radiator cap and close theair release plug.

7. Start the engine and warm it up until itreaches normal operating temperature.Then race the engine 2 or 3 times under noload.

Watch the coolant temperature gauge forsigns of overheating.

8. Stop the engine. After it completely coolsdown, refill the radiator up to the filleropening. Fill the reservoir tank up the MAXlevel.

9. Check the radiator drain plug and engineblock drain plugs for any sign of leakage.

ENGINE OIL

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface andapply parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operatingtemperature.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 10minutes for the oil to drain back intothe oil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.Reinsert it all the way.

5. Remove the dipstick again and check theoil level. It should be between the H and Lmarks. If the oil level is below the L mark,remove the oil filler cap and pour recom-mended oil through the opening. Do notoverfill.

6. Recheck oil level with dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during the

SID0206

SID0210

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-8

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

break-in period, depending on the se-verity of operating conditions.

CAUTION

Oil level should be checked regu-larly. Operating with insufficientamount of oil can damage the en-gine, and such damage is not cov-ered by warranty.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface andapply the parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operatingtemperature, and then turn it off and waitmore than 10 minutes.

3. Place a large drain pan under the drainplug.

4. Remove the oil filler cap.

5. Remove the drain plug with a wrench and

completely drain the oil.

If oil filter is to be changed, remove andreplace it at this time. See later in thissection for changing engine oil filter.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself. Theengine oil will be hot.

O Waste oil must be disposed of prop-erly.

O Check your local regulations.

6. Clean and re-install the drain plug and anew washer. Securely tighten the drainplug with a wrench.

Drain plug tightening torque:22 to 29 ft-lb (29 to 39 Nzm)

Do not use excessive force.

SID0207

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-9

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

7. Refill the engine with recommended oiland install the cap securely.

See “Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants” in the “10. Technical andconsumer information” section for drainand refill capacity.

The drain and refill capacity depends onthe oil temperature and drain time. Usethese specifications for reference only.Always use the dipstick to determine whenthe proper amount of oil is in the engine.

8. Start the engine.

Check for leakage around the drain plug.Correct as required.

9. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10minutes. Check the oil level with thedipstick. Add engine oil if necessary.

10.Dispose of waste oil in the proper manner.

WARNING

O Prolonged and repeated contactwith used engine oil may causeskin cancer.

O Try to avoid direct skin contactwith used oil. If skin contact ismade, wash thoroughly with soapor hand cleaner as soon as pos-sible.

O Keep used engine oil out of reachof children.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL FIL-TER

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface andapply the parking brake.

2. Turn the engine off.

3. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filterwrench. (Depending on the engine model,a special cap-type wrench may be re-quired. See your INFINITI dealer.) Thenremove the oil filter by turning it by hand.

SID0208

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-10

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself. Theengine oil will be hot.

4. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surfacewith a clean rag.

Be sure to remove any old rubber gasketremaining on the mounting surface of theengine.

5. Coat the rubber gasket on the new filterwith clean engine oil.

6. Screw in the oil filter until a slight resis-tance is felt, then tighten additionally morethan 2/3 turn.

Oil filter tightening torque:10.85 to 15.11 ft-lb (14.7 to20.5 Nzm)

7. Start the engine and check for leakagearound the oil filter. Correct as required.

8. Turn the engine off and wait severalminutes. Check the oil level. Add engineoil if necessary.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMIS-SION FLUID

WARNING

O When engine is running, keephands, jewelry and clothing awayfrom any moving parts such as fanand drive belt.

O Automatic transmission fluid ispoisonous and should be storedcarefully in marked containersout of the reach of children.

TEMPERATURE CONDITIONSFOR CHECKING

The fluid level should be checked using theHOT range (L & H marks) on the dipstick atfluid temperatures between 122 and 176°F(50 and 80°C) after the vehicle has beendriven approximately 5 minutes in urban areasafter the engine is warmed up. The level canbe checked at fluid temperatures between 86and 122°F (30 and 50°C) using the “COLD”range on the dipstick for reference, after theengine is warmed up but before driving.However, the fluid level must be recheckedusing the HOT range.

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and setthe parking brake.

2. Start the engine and then move the selec-tor lever through each gear range endingin P (Park).

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-11

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

3. Check the fluid level with the engineidling.

If the vehicle has been driven for a longtime at high speeds, or in city traffic in hotweather, or if it is being used to pull atrailer, the fluid level cannot be readaccurately. You should wait until the fluidhas cooled down (about 30 minutes).

4. Expand the spring stopper and remove thedipstick. Wipe it clean with lint-free paper.

5. Reinsert the dipstick into the charging pipeas far as it will go.

6. Remove the dipstick and note the reading.If the level is at the low side of eitherrange, add fluid to the charging pipe.

7. When inserting the dipstick, set it so thatthe spring stopper presses the upper partof the dipstick rubber to lock the dipstick.

CAUTION

O Do not overfill.

O Use only Nissan Matic “D” (Con-tinental US and Alaska) orCanada Nissan Automatic Trans-mission Fluid. DexronTMIII/MerconTM or equivalent may alsobe used. Outside the continentalUS and Alaska contact an INFINITI

SID0209 SID0226

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-12

Z 00.7.14/JR50-D/V5 X

dealer for more information re-garding suitable fluids, includingrecommended brand(s) ofDexronTMIII/MerconTM automatictransmission fluid.

NOTE:

If the vehicle has been driven for a longtime at high speeds, or in city traffic inhot weather, or if it is being used to pulla trailer, an accurate fluid level cannotbe read. You should wait until the fluidhas cooled down (about 30 minutes).

POWER STEERING FLUID

The fluid level should be checked using theHOT range on the dipstick at fluid temperatureof 122 to 176°F (50 to 80°C) or using theCOLD range on the dipstick at fluid tempera-ture of 32 to 86°F (0 to 30°C).

CAUTION

O Do not overfill.

O Use Genuine Nissan PSF II orequivalent.

BRAKE FLUID

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If thefluid is below the MIN. line or the brakewarning light comes on, add Genuine Nissan

SID0094

SID0095

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-13

Z 00.7.10/JR50-D/V5 X

Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up tothe MAX. line. If fluid must be added fre-quently, the system should be checked byyour INFINITI dealer.

WARNING

Use only new fluid from a sealed con-tainer. Old, inferior, or contaminatedfluid may damage the brake system.The use of improper fluids can dam-age the brake system and affect thevehicle’s stopping ability.

CAUTION

Do not spill the fluid on painted sur-faces. This will damage the paint. Iffluid is spilled, wash the surface withmild soap and water immediately.

WINDOW WASHER FLUID

Add fluid when the low washer fluid warninglight comes on. Add a washer solvent to thewater for better cleaning. In the winter season,add a windshield washer anti-freeze. Followthe manufacturer’s instructions for the mixtureratio.

WARNING

Anti-freeze is poisonous and shouldbe stored carefully marked contain-ers out of the reach of children.

CAUTION

Do not substitute engine anti-freezecoolant for window washer solution.This may result in damage to thepaint.

BATTERYO Keep the battery surface clean and dry. Any

corrosion should be washed off with asolution of baking soda and water.

O Make certain the terminal connections areclean and securely tightened.

SID0225

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-14

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

O If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 daysor longer, disconnect the (—) negativebattery terminal cable to prevent discharge.

WARNING

O Do not expose the battery toflames or electrical sparks. Hy-drogen gas generated by batteryaction is explosive. Do not allowbattery fluid to contact your skin,eyes, fabrics, or painted surfaces.After touching a battery or batterycap, do not touch or rub your eyes.Thoroughly wash your hands. Ifthe acid contacts your eyes, skinor clothing, immediately flushwith water for at least 15 minutesand seek medical attention.

O Do not operate the vehicle if thefluid in the battery is low. Low bat-tery fluid can cause a higher loadon the battery which can generateheat, reduce battery life, and insome cases lead to an explosion.

O When working on or near a bat-tery, always wear suitable eyeprotection and remove all jew-elry.

O Battery posts, terminals and re-lated accessories contain leadand lead compounds. Washhands after handling.

O Keep the battery out of the reachof children.

Check the fluid level in each cell (Remove thebattery cover if it is necessary). It should bebetween the MAX. and MIN. lines.

If it is necessary to add fluid, add onlydistilled water to bring the level to theindicator in each filler opening. Do notoverfill.

1. Remove the cell plugs.

2. Add distilled water up to the MAX. level.

3. Install the cell plugs.

IDI096

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-15

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

If jump starting is necessary, see “Jumpstarting” in the “6. In case of emergency”section. If the engine does not start by jumpstarting, the battery may have to be replaced.Contact your INFINITI dealer.

DRIVE BELTS

WARNING

Be sure the ignition key is in the OFFor LOCK position. The engine couldrotate unexpectedly.

1. Visually inspect each belt for signs ofunusual wear, cuts, fraying, oil adhesionor looseness. If the belt is in poor condi-tion or loose, have it replaced or adjustedby your INFINITI dealer.

2. Have the belts checked regularly for con-dition and tension in accordance with themaintenance schedule in this manual.

SPARK PLUGS

REPLACING SPARK PLUGS

Platinum-tipped spark plugs

It is not necessary to replace the platinum-tipped spark plugs as frequently as the con-ventional type spark plugs since they will lastmuch longer. Follow the maintenance sched-ule, but do not reuse them by cleaning orregapping.

If replacement is required, see your INFINITIdealer for servicing.

SID0212

SID0200

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-16

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

WARNING

Be sure the engine and ignitionswitch are off and that the parkingbrake is engaged securely.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket toremove the spark plugs. An incorrectsocket can damage the spark plugs.

Always replace with recommendedplatinum-tipped spark plugs.

AIR CLEANER

The filter element should not be cleaned andreused. Replace it according to the mainte-nance intervals. See “Periodic maintenance”in the “9. Maintenance” section for mainte-nance intervals. When replacing the filter,wipe the inside of the air cleaner housing andthe cover with a damp cloth.

WARNING

O Operating the engine with the aircleaner removed can cause you orothers to be burned. The aircleaner not only cleans the air, itstops flame if the engine back-fires. If it is not there, and the en-gine backfires, you could beburned. Do not drive with the aircleaner removed, and be carefulworking on the engine with the aircleaner removed.

O Never pour fuel into the throttlebody or attempt to start the en-gine with the air cleaner re-moved. Doing so could result inserious injury.

SID0213

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-17

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

WINDSHIELD WIPERBLADESCLEANINGIf your windshield is not clear after using thewindshield washer, or if a wiper blade chatterswhen running, wax or other material may beon the blade or windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with awasher solution or a mild detergent. Yourwindshield is clean if beads do not form whenrinsing with clear water.

Clean the blade by wiping it with a clothsoaked in a washer solution or a mild deter-gent. Then rinse the blade with clear water. Ifyour windshield is still not clear after cleaningthe blades and using the wiper, replace theblades.

REPLACING

1. Pull the wiper arm.

2. Push the lock pin, then remove the wiperblade.

3. Insert the new wiper blade to the wiper armuntil a click sounds.

CAUTION

After wiper blade replacement, re-turn the wiper arm to its original po-sition. Otherwise it may be damagedwhen the engine hood is opened.

Make sure the wiper blade contactsthe glass, otherwise the arm may be

IDI021

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-18

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

damaged from wind pressure.

If you wax the surface of the hood, becareful not to let wax get into the washernozzle. This may cause clogging or im-proper windshield washer operation. Ifwax gets into the nozzle, remove it with

a needle or small pin.

PARKING BRAKE ANDBRAKE PEDAL

CHECKING PARKING BRAKE

Pull the parking brake lever up. If the numberof clicks is out of the range as listed above,see your INFINITI dealer.

CHECKING BRAKE PEDAL

With the engine running, check the distancebetween the upper surface of the pedal and the

metal floor. If it is out of the range shownabove, see your INFINITI dealer.

Self-adjusting brakesYour vehicle is equipped with self-adjustingbrakes.

The front and rear brakes self-adjust everytime the brake pedal is applied.

SID0218

SID0105

IDI071MB

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-19

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

WARNING

See your INFINITI dealer for a brakesystem check if the brake pedalheight does not return to normal.

Brake pad wear indicators

The disc brake pads on your vehicle haveaudible wear indicators. When a brake padrequires replacement, it will make a highpitched scraping or screeching sound whenthe vehicle is in motion whether or not thebrake pedal is depressed. Have the brakeschecked as soon as possible if the wearindicator sound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions,occasional brake squeak, squeal or othernoise may be heard. Occasional brake noiseduring light to moderate stops is normal and

does not affect the function or performance ofthe brake system.

The rear drum brakes (if so equipped) do nothave audible wear indicators. Should you everhear an unusually loud noise from the reardrum brakes, have them inspected as soon aspossible by your INFINITI dealer.

Proper brake inspection intervalsshould be followed. See “Periodic mainte-nance” in the “9. Maintenance” section formaintenance intervals.

BRAKE BOOSTER

Check the brake booster function as follows:

1. With the engine off, press and release thebrake pedal several times. When brakepedal movement (distance of travel) re-mains the same from one pedal applicationto the next, continue on to the next step.

2. While depressing the brake pedal, start the

engine. The pedal height should drop alittle.

3. With the brake pedal depressed, stop theengine. Keeping the pedal depressed forabout 30 seconds, the pedal height shouldnot change.

4. Run the engine for one minute withoutdepressing the brake pedal, then turn it off.Depress the brake pedal several times. Thepedal travel distance will decrease gradu-ally with each depression as the vacuum isreleased from the booster.

If the brakes do not operate properly, see yourINFINITI dealer.

FUSES

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of higher amperage

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-20

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

rating than that specified on the fusebox cover. This could damage thevehicle electrical system or cause afire.

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition key and the headlightswitch are OFF.

2. Open the engine hood.

3. Remove the fuse box cover.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.

5. If the fuse is open, replace it with a newfuse.

6. If a new fuse opens again, have theelectrical system checked and repaired byyour INFINITI dealer.

Fusible links

If any electrical equipment does not operate

and fuses are in good condition, check thefusible links. If any of these fusible links aremelted, replace only with genuine parts. Seeyour INFINITI dealer.

SID0106

SID0108

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-21

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition key and the headlightswitch are OFF.

2. Pull to open the fuse box cover/coin tray.

3. Pull down the fuse box cover/coin tray toremove it.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.

5. If the fuse is open, replace it with a newfuse.

6. If a new fuse opens again, have theelectrical system checked and repaired byyour INFINITI dealer.

MULTI-REMOTE CONTROLLERBATTERY REPLACEMENT

SID0223

SIP0267

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-22

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

Replace the battery as follows:

1. Open the lid using a suitable tool.

2. Replace the battery with a new one.Recommended battery: Sanyo CR2025 orequivalent

Make sure that the ! side faces the bot-tom case.

3. Close the lid securely.

4. Push the remote controller button two orthree times to check its operation.

See your INFINITI dealer if you need anyassistance for replacement.

If the battery is removed for any reasonother than replacement, perform step 4above.

O Be careful not to touch a circuit plateand a battery terminal.

O An improperly disposed battery canharm the environment. Always con-

firm local regulations for battery dis-posal.

O The multi-remote controller is water-resistant; however, if it does get wet,immediately wipe completely dry.

O When changing batteries, do not letdust or oil get on the controller.

FCC Notice:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the manufacturer compli-ance could void the user’s authority tooperate the equipment.

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of IndustryCanada.

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may notcause harmful interference, and (2) thisdevice must accept any interference re-ceived, including interference that may

cause undesired operation of the de-vice.

LIGHTS

HEADLIGHTS

Replacing the xenon headlightbulb

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

When xenon headlights are on, theyproduce a high voltage. To preventan electric shock, never attempt tomodify or disassemble. Always haveyour xenon headlights replaced at anauthorized INFINITI dealer. For addi-tional information, see “Headlightand turn signal switch” in the “2.Instruments and controls” section.

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-23

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.

Front turn signal light 21 1156 NA

Front fog light (H3 type) 55

Clearance light/Side marker lightSee an authorized INFINITI

dealer for assistance.—

Rear combination light

Turn signal 27 1156 NA

Stop/Tail 21/5 7443

Back-up 18 1156

High mounted stop light 5 168

License plate light 3.8 194

Interior light 10 —

Vanity mirror light 1.4 —

Spot light 8 —

Replacement procedures

All other lights are either type A, B, C or D.

IDI044M

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-24

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

When replacing a bulb, first remove the lensand/or cover.

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-25

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

SID0214

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-26

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

SID0215

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-27

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

SID0216

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-28

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

SID0217

SID0112

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-29

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

WHEELS AND TIRESIf you have a flat tire, see “Flat tire” inthe “6. In case of emergency” section.

TIRE PRESSURE

Maximum inflation pressure

Do not exceed the maximum inflation pres-sures shown on the side wall of the tire.

Tire inflation pressurePeriodically check the tire pressure (includingspare). Incorrect tire pressure may adversely

affect tire life and vehicle handling. Tire pres-sure should be checked when the tires areCOLD. Tires are considered COLD after thevehicle has been parked for three or morehours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).COLD tire pressures are shown on the tireplacard affixed to the center console lid.

WARNING

O Improperly inflated tires can failsuddenly and cause an accident.

O The vehicle weight capacity isindicated on the tire placard. Donot load your vehicle beyond thiscapacity. Overloading your ve-hicle may result in reduced tirelife, unsafe operating conditionsdue to premature tire failure, orunfavorable handling characteris-

tics and could also lead to aserious accident. Loading beyondthe specified capacity may alsoresult in failure of other vehiclecomponents.

O Before taking a long trip, orwhenever you have loaded yourvehicle heavily, use a tire pres-sure gauge to ensure that the tirepressure is at the specified level.

O Do not drive your vehicle over 85MPH (140 km/h) unless it isequipped with high speed capa-bility tires. Driving faster than 85MPH (140 km/h) may result in tirefailure, loss of control and pos-sible injury.

IDI002

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-30

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

TYPES OF TIRES

CAUTION

When changing or replacing tires, besure all four tires are of the same type(i.e., summer, all season or snow)and construction. Your INFINITIdealer may be able to help you withinformation about tire type, size,speed rating and availability. Re-placement tires may have a lowerspeed rating than the factoryequipped tires, and may not matchthe potential maximum vehiclespeed. Never exceed the maximumspeed rating of the tire.

All season tires

INFINITI specifies all season tires on somemodels to provide good performance for use

all year around, including snowy and icy roadconditions. All season tires are identified byALL SEASON and/or M&S on the tire side-wall. Snow tires have better snow traction thanall season tires and may be more appropriatein some areas.

Snow tiresIf snow tires are needed, it is necessary toselect tires equivalent in size and load ratingto the original equipment tires. If you do not,it can adversely affect the safety and handlingof your vehicle.

If you install snow tires, they must also be thesame size, brand, construction and treadpattern on all four wheels.

Generally, snow tires will have lower speedratings than factory equipped tires and maynot match the potential maximum vehiclespeed. Never exceed the maximum speedrating of the tire.

If you operate your vehicle in snowy or icy

conditions, INFINITI recommends the use ofsnow or all season tires on all four wheels.

For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some provincesand states prohibit their use. Check local,state and provincial laws before installingstudded tires. Skid and traction capabilities ofstudded snow tires, on wet or dry surfaces,may be poorer than that of non-studded snowtires.

TIRE CHAINS

Use of tire chains may be prohibited accord-ing to location. Check the local laws beforeinstalling tire chains. When installing tirechains, make sure they are of proper size forthe tires on your vehicle and are installedaccording to the chain manufacturer’s sugges-tions. Use only SAE Class S chains. Othertypes may damage your vehicle. Use chaintensioners when recommended by the tirechain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit. Loose

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-31

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

end links of the tire chain must be secured orremoved to prevent the possibility of whippingaction damage to the fenders or underbody. Ifpossible, avoid fully loading your vehiclewhen using tire chains. In addition, drive at areduced speed. Otherwise, your vehicle maybe damaged and/or vehicle handling andperformance may be adversely affected.

Do not use the chains on dry roads.

Tire chains must be installed only on therear wheels and not on the front wheels.

Do not drive with tire chains on paved roadswhich are clear of snow. Driving with chainsin such conditions can cause damage to thevarious mechanisms of the vehicle due tosome overstress. When driving on clear pavedroads, be sure to change to 2WD.

CHANGING WHEELS ANDTIRES

Tire rotation

INFINITI recommends that tires be rotatedapproximately every 7,500 miles (12,000 km).However, the timing for tire rotation may varyaccording to your driving habits and roadsurface conditions.

Wheel nut tightening torque:98 ft-lb (133 Nzm)

See “Flat tire” in the “6. In case of emergency”

section for tire replacing procedures.

WARNING

O After rotating the tires, adjust thetire pressure.

O Retighten the wheel nuts after thevehicle has been driven for 600miles (1,000 km) (also in cases ofa flat tire, etc.).

SID0139

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-32

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

Tire wear and damage

WARNING

O Tires should be inspected periodi-cally for wear, cracking, bulging,or objects caught in the tread. Ifexcessive wear, cracks, bulging,or deep cuts are found, the tireshould be replaced.

O The original tires have a built-intread wear indicator. When thewear indicator is visible, the tireshould be replaced.

Replacing wheels and tiresWhen replacing a tire, use the same size andload carrying capacity as the original equip-ment tires. See “Specifications” in the “10.Technical and consumer information” sectionfor tires and wheels.

If excessive tire wear is found, it is recom-mended that all four tires be replaced withtires of the same size, brand, construction andtread pattern. The tire pressure and wheelalignment should also be checked and cor-rected as necessary. Contact your INFINITIdealer.

WARNING

O The use of tires other than thoserecommended or the mixed use oftires of different brands, construc-tion (bias, bias-belted or radial),or tread patterns can adversely af-fect the ride, braking, handling,ground clearance, body-to-tireclearance, tire chain clearance,speedometer calibration, head-light aim and bumper height.Some of these effects may lead toaccidents and could result in seri-ous personal injury.

O If the wheels are changed for anyreason, always replace withwheels which have the same off-set dimension. Wheels of a dif-

IDI004

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-33

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

ferent offset could cause earlytire wear, possibly degraded ve-hicle handling characteristicsand/or interference with the brakediscs/drums. Such interferencecan lead to decreased brakingefficiency and/or early brakepad/shoe wear.

O Do not install a deformed wheelor tire even if it has been re-paired. Such wheels or tirescould have structural damage andcould fail without warning.

O The use of retread tire is notrecommended.

CAUTION

Always use tires of the same size,brand, construction (bias, bias-belted or radial), and tread pattern onall four wheels. A spare tire of thesame size, brand, construction andtread pattern must also be used. Fail-ure to do so may result in a circum-ference difference between tires onthe front and rear axles which willcause excessive tire wear and maydamage the transmission, transfercase and differential gears.

Wheel balance

Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle han-dling and tire life. Even with regular use,wheels can get out of balance. Therefore, theyshould be balanced as required.

Wheel balance service should be per-formed with the wheels off the vehicle.Spin balancing the driving wheels on thevehicle could lead to transmission dam-age.

Care of wheelsO Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle

to maintain their appearance.

O Clean the inner side of the wheels whenthe wheel is changed or the underside ofthe vehicle is washed.

O Do not use abrasive cleaners when wash-ing the wheels.

O Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents orcorrosion. Such damage may cause loss ofpressure or poor seal at the tire bead.

O INFINITI recommends that the road wheelsbe waxed to protect against road salt inareas where it is used during winter.

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-34

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

9 MAINTENANCE

General maintenance ................................... 9-2Explanation of maintenance items ......... 9-3

Periodic maintenance schedules ................. 9-5

Schedule 1 ............................................. 9-5Schedule 2 ............................................. 9-6Explanation of maintenance items ....... 9-11

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

Your new INFINITI has been designed to haveminimum maintenance requirements withlonger service intervals to save you both timeand money. However, some day-to-day andregular maintenance is essential to maintainyour INFINITI’s good mechanical condition, aswell as its emission and engine performance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make surethat the specified maintenance, as well asgeneral maintenance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only onewho can ensure that your vehicle receives theproper maintenance care. You are a vital linkin the maintenance chain.

General maintenance:

General maintenance includes those itemswhich should be checked during normal day-to-day operation of the vehicle. They areessential if your vehicle is to continue tooperate properly. It is your responsibility to

perform these procedures regularly asprescribed.

These checks or inspections can be done byyourself, a qualified technician or, if youprefer, your INFINITI dealer.

Periodic maintenance:

The maintenance items listed in this part arerequired to be serviced at regular intervals.

However, under severe driving conditions,additional or more frequent maintenance willbe required.

Where to go for service:

If maintenance service is required or yourvehicle appears to malfunction, have thesystems checked and serviced by an autho-rized INFINITI dealer.

INFINITI technicians are well-trained special-ists and are kept up to date with the latestservice information through technical bulle-tins, service tips, and in-dealership informa-

tion systems. They are completely qualified towork on INFINITI vehicles before work be-gins.

You can be confident that your INFINITI deal-er’s service department performs the best jobto meet the maintenance requirements on yourvehicle — in a reliable and economic way.

GENERAL MAINTENANCEDuring the normal day-to-day operation of thevehicle, general maintenance should be per-formed regularly as prescribed in this section.If you detect any unusual sounds, vibrationsor smell, be sure to check for the cause orhave your INFINITI dealer do it promptly. Inaddition, you should notify your INFINITIdealer if you think that repairs are required.

When performing any checks or maintenancework, see “Maintenance precautions” in the“8. Do-it-yourself” section.

MAINTENANCE

9-2

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

EXPLANATION OF MAINTE-NANCE ITEMS

Additional information on the followingitems with * is found in the “8. Do-it-yourself” section.

Outside the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should beperformed from time to time, unless otherwisespecified.

Tires* Check the pressure with a gauge pe-riodically when at a service station, includingthe spare, and adjust to the specified pressureif necessary. Check carefully for damage, cutsor excessive wear.

Wheel nuts* When checking the tires, makesure no nuts are missing, and check for anyloose nuts. Tighten if necessary.

Tire rotation* Tires should be rotated every7,500 miles (12,000 km). However, the timingfor tire rotation may vary according to your

driving habits and road surface conditions.

Wheel alignment and balance If the ve-hicle pulls to either side while driving on astraight and level road, or if you detect unevenor abnormal tire wear, there may be a need forwheel alignment.

If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normalhighway speeds, wheel balancing may beneeded.

Windshield wiper blades* Check forcracks or wear if they do not wipe properly.

Doors and engine hood Check that all doorsand the engine hood, operate properly. Alsoensure that all latches lock securely. Lubricatehinges and latches if necessary. Make sure thatthe secondary latch keeps the hood from open-ing when the primary latch is released.

When driving in areas using road salt or othercorrosive materials, check lubrication fre-quently.

Inside the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should bechecked on a regular basis, such as whenperforming periodic maintenance, cleaning thevehicle, etc.

Lights* Make sure that the headlights, stoplights, tail lights, turn signal lights, and otherlights are all operating properly and installedsecurely. Also check headlight aim.

Warning lights and chime Make sure thatall warning lights and chime are operatingproperly.

Windshield wiper and washer* Checkthat the wipers and washer operate properlyand that the wipers do not streak.

Windshield defroster Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets properly andin sufficient quantity when operating the heateror air conditioner.

Steering wheel Check for changes in the

MAINTENANCE

9-3

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

steering conditions, such as excessive freeplay, hard steering or strange noises.

Seats Check seat position controls such asseat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. to ensurethey operate smoothly and that all latches locksecurely in every position. Check that the headrestraints move up and down smoothly and thatthe locks (if so equipped) hold securely in alllatched positions.

Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat beltsystem (e.g. buckles, anchors, adjusters andretractors) operate properly and smoothly, andare installed securely. Check the belt webbingfor cuts, fraying, wear or damage.

Accelerator pedal Check the pedal forsmooth operation and make sure the pedaldoes not catch or require uneven effort. Keepthe floor mats away from the pedal.

Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull thevehicle to one side when applied.

Brake pedal and booster* Check the pedal

for smooth operation and make sure it has theproper distance under it when depressed fully.Check the brake booster function. Be sure tokeep the floor mats away from the pedal.

Parking brake* Check that the lever has theproper travel and confirm that your vehicle isheld securely on a fairly steep hill with only theparking brake applied.

Automatic transmission P positionmechanism On a fairly steep hill check thatyour vehicle is held securely with the selectorlever in the P position without applying anybrakes.

Under the hood and vehicleThe maintenance items listed here should bechecked periodically e.g. each time you checkthe engine oil or refuel.

Windshield washer fluid* Check that thereis adequate fluid in the tank.

Engine coolant level* Check the coolant

level when the engine is cold.

Radiator and hoses Check the front of theradiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves,etc., that may have accumulated. Make sure thehoses have no cracks, deformation, deteriora-tion or loose connections.

Brake fluid level* Make sure that the brakefluid level is between the MAX and MIN lineson the reservoir.

Battery* Check the fluid level in each cell. Itshould be between the MAX and MIN lines.

Engine drive belts* Make sure that no beltis frayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level* Check the level after park-ing the vehicle on a level spot and turning offthe engine. (Be sure to wait a few minutes toallow the oil to drain back into the sump.)

Power steering fluid level* and linesCheck the level when the fluid is cold and theengine is turned off. Check the lines for proper

MAINTENANCE

9-4

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

attachment, leaks, cracks, etc.

Automatic transmission fluid level*Check the level after putting the selector leverin P (Park) with the engine idling.

Exhaust system Make sure there are noloose supports, cracks or holes. If the soundof the exhaust seems unusual or there is asmell of exhaust fumes, immediately locate thetrouble and correct it. See “Precautions whenstarting and driving” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section for exhaust gas (carbon mon-oxide).

Underbody The underbody is frequently ex-posed to corrosive substances such as thoseused on icy roads or to control dust. It is veryimportant to remove these substances, other-wise rust will form on the floor pan, frame, fuellines and around the exhaust system. At theend of winter, the underbody should be thor-oughly flushed with plain water, being carefulto clean those areas where mud and dirt may

accumulate. For additional information, see“Cleaning exterior” in the “7. Appearance andcare” section.

Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel,oil, water or other fluid leaks after the vehiclehas been parked for a while. Water drippingfrom the air conditioner after use is normal. Ifyou should notice any leaks or if gasolinefumes are evident, check for the cause and haveit corrected immediately.

PERIODIC MAINTENANCESCHEDULESTo ensure smooth, trouble-free, safe andeconomical driving, INFINITI provides twodifferent maintenance schedules that may beused, depending upon the conditions in whichyou usually drive. These schedules containboth distance and time intervals, up to 60,000miles (96,000 km)/48 months. For mostpeople, the odometer reading will indicatewhen service is needed. However, if you drive

very little, your vehicle should be serviced atthe regular time intervals shown in the sched-ule. After 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or48 months, continue periodic mainte-nance at the same mileage/time inter-vals.

SCHEDULE 1

Follow Periodic Maintenance Schedule 1 ifyour driving habits frequently include one ormore of the following driving conditions:

O Repeated short trips of less than 5miles (8 km).

O Repeated short trips of less than 10miles (16 km) with outside tempera-tures remaining below freezing.

O Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go “rush hour” traffic.

O Extensive idling and/or low speeddriving for long distances, such as

MAINTENANCE

9-5

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

police, taxi or door-to-door deliveryuse.

O Driving in dusty conditions.

O Driving on rough, muddy, or saltspread roads.

O Towing a trailer, using a camper or acar-top carrier.

SCHEDULE 2Follow Periodic Maintenance Schedule 2 ifnone of the driving conditions shown inSchedule 1 apply to your driving habits.

MAINTENANCE

9-6

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

Schedule 1Abbreviations: R = Replace I = Inspect. Correct or replace if necessary. [ ]: At the mileage intervals only

MAINTENANCE OPERATION MAINTENANCE INTERVAL

Perform at number of miles, kilometersor months, whichever comes first.

Miles 3 1,000 3.75 7.5 11.25 15 18.75 22.5 26.25 30 33.75 37.5 41.25 45 48.75 52.5 56.25 60

(km 3 1,000) (6) (12) (18) (24) (30) (36) (42) (48) (54) (60) (66) (72) (78) (84) (90) (96)

Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 45 48

Emission control system maintenance

Drive belts I* I*

Air cleaner filter See NOTE (1) [R] [R]

EVAP vapor lines I* I*

Fuel lines I* I*

Fuel filter See NOTE (2)*

Engine coolant See NOTE (3) R*

Engine oil R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R

Engine oil filter(Use Part No. 15208 31U00 or equivalent.) R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R

Spark plugs (PLATINUM-TIPPED type) Replace every 105,000 miles (169,000 km)

Intake & exhaust valve clearance* See NOTE (4)

NOTE: (1) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more frequent maintenance may be required.(2) When the filter becomes clogged, the vehicle speed cannot be increased as the driver wishes. In such an event, replace the filter.(3) After 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months, replace every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months.(4) If valve noise increases, inspect valve clearance., Maintenance items and intervals with * are recommended by INFINITI for reliable vehicle operation. The owner need not perform such maintenance in order

to maintain the emission warranty or manufacturer recall liability. Other maintenance items and intervals are required.

MAINTENANCE

9-7

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

Schedule 1Abbreviations: R = Replace I = Inspect. Correct or replace if necessary. L = Lubricate.


Perform at number of miles, kilometersor months, whichever comes first.

Miles 3 1,000 3.75 7.5 11.25 15 18.75 22.5 26.25 30 33.75 37.5 41.25 45 48.75 52.5 56.25 60(km 3 1,000) (6) (12) (18) (24) (30) (36) (42) (48) (54) (60) (66) (72) (78) (84) (90) (96)Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 45 48

Chassis and body maintenanceBrake lines & cables I I I IBrake pads, rotors, drums & linings I I I I I I I IAutomatic transmission & all-mode 4WDtransfer fluid & differential gear oil (exc.LSD)

See NOTE (1) I I I I

Limited-slip differential (LSD) gear oil See NOTE (1) I R I RSteering gear, linkage & transfer gear, axle & suspension parts I I I I I I I ITire rotation See NOTE (2)Drive shaft boots (4WD) I I I I I I I IPropeller shaft See NOTE (3) L L L L L L L LFront wheel bearing grease (2WD) I IFront wheel bearing grease (4WD) See NOTE (4) I R I RExhaust system I I I I I I I IVentilation air filter I R I R I R I RSupplemental air bag system and supple-mental side air bag systems See NOTE (5)

Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) vacuum hoses I I I I

NOTE: (1) If towing a trailer, using a camper or a car-top carrier, or driving on rough/muddy roads, change (not just inspect) fluid (A/T, all mode 4WD transfer)/oil atevery 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months except for LSD, and change LSD gear oil at every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 12 months.

(2) Refer to “Tire rotation” under the “General maintenance” heading earlier in this section.(3) The propeller shaft should be re-greased daily if it is immersed in water.(4) If operating frequently in water, replace grease every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or 3 months.(5) Inspect the supplemental air bag system 10 years after the date of manufacture noted on the F.M.V.S.S. certification label.

MAINTENANCE

9-8

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

Schedule 2Abbreviations: R = Replace I = Inspect. Correct or replace if necessary. [ ]: At the mileage intervals only


Perform at number of miles, kilometers ormonths, whichever comes first.

Miles 3 1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60

(km 3 1,000) (12) (24) (36) (48) (60) (72) (84) (96)

Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48

Emission control system maintenance

Drive belts I* I*

Air cleaner filter [R] [R]

EVAP vapor lines I* I*

Fuel lines I* I*

Fuel filter See NOTE (1)*

Engine coolant See NOTE (2) R*

Engine oil R R R R R R R R

Engine oil filter (Use Part No. 15208 31U00 or equivalent.) R R R R R R R R

Spark plugs (PLATINUM-TIPPED type) Replace every 105,000 miles (169,000 km)

Intake & exhaust valve clearance* See NOTE (3)

NOTE: (1) When the filter becomes clogged, the vehicle speed cannot be increased as the driver wishes. In such an event, replace the filter.(2) After 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months, replace every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months.(3) If valve noise increases, inspect valve clearance., Maintenance items and intervals with * are recommended by INFINITI for reliable vehicle operation. The owner need not perform such maintenance in order

to maintain the emission warranty or manufacturer recall liability. Other maintenance items and intervals are required.

MAINTENANCE

9-9

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

Schedule 2Abbreviations: R = Replace I = Inspect. Correct or replace if necessary. L = Lubricate.


Perform at number of miles, kilometers ormonths, whichever comes first.

Miles 3 1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60(km 3 1,000) (12) (24) (36) (48) (60) (72) (84) (96)Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48

Chassis and body maintenanceBrake lines & cables I I I IBrake pads, rotors, drums & linings I I I IAutomatic transmission & all-mode 4WD transfer fluid & differentialgear oil (exc. LSD)

I I I I

Limited-slip differential (LSD) gear oil I R I RSteering gear, linkage & transfer gear, axle & suspension parts I ITire rotation See NOTE (1)Drive shaft boots (4WD) I I I IPropeller shaft See NOTE (2) L L L LFront wheel bearing grease (2WD) I IFront wheel bearing grease (4WD) I R I RExhaust system I IVentilation air filter R R R RSupplemental air bag system and supplementalside air bag systems

See NOTE (3)

Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) vacuum hoses I I I I

NOTE: (1) Refer to “Tire rotation” under the “General maintenance” heading earlier in this section.(2) The propeller shaft should be re-greased after being immersed in water.(3) Inspect the supplemental air bag system 10 years after the date of manufacture noted on the F.M.V.S.S. certification label.

MAINTENANCE

9-10

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

Maintenance for offroad driving( only)Whenever you drive offroad through sand,mud or water as deep as the wheel hub, morefrequent maintenance may be required of thefollowing items:

m Brake pads and discs

m Brake lining and drums

m Brake lines and hoses

m Wheel bearing grease

m Differential, transmission and transfer oil

m Steering linkage

m Propeller shafts and front drive shafts

m Air cleaner filter

These items should be checked frequently toassure safe and proper operation of yourvehicle.

EXPLANATION OF MAINTE-NANCE ITEMS

Additional information on the followingitems with * is found in the “8. Do-it-yourself” section.

Emission control system mainte-nance

Drive belts* Check drive belts for wear, fray-ing or cracking and also for proper tension. Re-place the drive belts if found damaged.

Air cleaner filter Under normal driving con-ditions, the air cleaner filter should be replacedin accordance with the maintenance schedule.However, driving the vehicle in dusty areasmay cause more rapid clogging of the element.Consequently, the element may have to be re-placed more frequently.

EVAP vapor lines Check vapor lines andconnections for failure or looseness. If leaksare found, replace them.

Fuel lines Check the fuel hoses, piping andconnections for leaks, looseness or deteriora-tion. Replace any parts if they are damaged.

Fuel filter When the filter becomes clogged,the vehicle speed cannot be increased as thedriver wishes. In such an event, replace the fil-ter.

Engine coolant* Drain and flush the coolingsystem.

Engine oil & oil filter* Under normal driv-ing conditions, the engine oil and oil filtershould be replaced in accordance with themaintenance schedule. However, under severedriving conditions, they may have to be re-placed more frequently.

Spark plugs* Replace with new plugs havingthe correct heat range.

Intake & exhaust valve clearance Checkthe valve clearance if valve noise increases.

MAINTENANCE

9-11

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

Chassis and body maintenanceBrake lines & cables Check the brake linesand hoses (including brake booster vacuumhoses, connections & check valve) and parkingbrake cables for proper attachment, leaks,cracks, chafing, abrasion, deterioration, etc.

Brake pads, rotors, drums & liningsCheck these and the other neighboring brakecomponents for wear, deterioration and leaks.Under severe driving conditions, they mayhave to be inspected more frequently.

Automatic transmission oil & differen-tial gear oil* Visually inspect for signs ofleakage. Under severe driving conditions, theoil should be replaced at the specified interval.

Steering gear, linkage & transfer gear,axle and suspension parts Check for dam-age, looseness and leakage of oil or grease.Under severe driving conditions, more frequentinspection should be performed.

Propeller shaft(s) Check the propeller

shaft(s) for damage, looseness and greaseleakage under severe driving condition.

Propeller shaft Apply specified grease to thegreasing points of propeller shafts in accor-dance with the maintenance schedule. In thecase of driving in water, greasing should beperformed immediately afterwards.

Front wheel bearing grease Check thewheel bearing for grease leakage aroundgrease seals, axial end play and smooth turn-ing (2WD). Check the wheel bearing greasecondition or repack these in accordance withthe maintenance schedule. In case of frequentdriving in muddy water, the bearing grease in-spection should be performed more frequently(4WD).

Exhaust system Visually check the exhaustpipes, muffler, and hangers for proper attach-ment, leaks, cracks, chafing, abrasion, deterio-ration, etc. Under severe driving conditions, in-spection should be performed more frequently.

Ventilation air filter Under normal condi-tions, the ventilation air filter should be re-placed in accordance with the maintenanceschedule. However, in some situations, the airfilter may clog more rapidly (depending on theair conditioner’s working environment). If thishappens, the air flow may decrease, or the win-dows may fog up easily when the air condi-tioner is in use, the air filter should be replacedimmediately at your INFINITI dealer.

Supplemental air bag and supplementalside air bag systems Maintenance for thesupplemental air bags or supplemental side airbags should be done by an authorized INFINITIdealer.

Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD)vacuum hoses Check vacuum hose (betweenASCD actuator and ASCD pump) for breakage,cracks or fracture.

MAINTENANCE

9-12

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

10 TECHNICAL AND CONSUMER INFORMATION

Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants ............................................ 10-2

Fuel recommendation........................... 10-3Engine oil and oil filterrecommendation .................................. 10-5Recommended SAE viscositynumber................................................. 10-7Air conditioner system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations.................. 10-8

Specifications ............................................ 10-9Engine .................................................. 10-9Wheels and tires ................................ 10-10Dimensions and weights.................... 10-10

When traveling or registering your vehicle inanother country ....................................... 10-11Vehicle identification................................ 10-11

Vehicle identification number (VIN)plate.................................................... 10-11

Vehicle identification number (Chassisnumber).............................................. 10-12Engine serial number ......................... 10-12F.M.V.S.S. certification label .............. 10-12Emission control information label .... 10-13Tire placard ........................................ 10-13Air conditioner specification label...... 10-13

Vehicle loading information..................... 10-14Terms ................................................. 10-14Determining vehicle load capacity ..... 10-14Loading tips ....................................... 10-15

Towing a trailer ....................................... 10-15Maximum load limits ......................... 10-15Towing load/specification chart ......... 10-17Towing safety..................................... 10-17Uniform tire quality grading............... 10-20

Emission control system warranty.......... 10-21Reporting safety defects (US only) ......... 10-22

Z 00.12.8/JR50-D/V5 X

Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M)test (US only) .......................................... 10-22Owner’s manual/service manual orderinformation .............................................. 10-23

In the event of a collision ....................... 10-24

Z 00.12.8/JR50-D/V5 X

CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL/LUBRICANTSThe following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedureinstructed in the “8. Do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Capacity (Approximate)Recommended specifications

US measure Imp measure Liter

Fuel 20-7/8 gal 17-3/8 gal 79 Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI (RON 91)*1

Engine oil (Drain and refill)*9O API Certification Mark*2, *3O API grade SG/SH, Energy Conserving I & II or API grade SJ, Energy Conserving*2, *3O ILSAC grade GF-I & GF-II*2, *3

With oil filter change 5-1/4 qt 4-3/8 qt 5.0

Without oil filter change 5-1/8 qt 4-1/4 qt 4.8

Cooling system

With reservoir 9-3/4 qt 8-1/8 qt 9.2 Genuine NISSAN anti-freeze coolant or equivalent

Differential gear oil — — —Standard differential gear: API GL-5*3Limited-slip differential (LSD) gear:Use only LSD gear oil API GL-5 and SAE 80W-90*6 approved for Nissan LSD*7.

Automatic transmission fluid

Refill to the proper oil level according to the instruc-tions in the “8. Do-it-yourself” section.

Nissan Matic “D” (Continental U.S. and Alaska) or Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid.*5

Power steering fluid Genuine Nissan PSF II or equivalent*10

All-mode 4WD transfer fluid Nissan Matic “D” (Continental U.S. and Alaska) or Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid.*8

Brake fluid Genuine Brake Fluid*4 or equivalent DOT 3 (U.S. FMVSS No. 116)

Propeller shaft grease — — — NLGI No. 2 (Molybdenum disulphide lithium soap base)

Multi-purpose grease — — — NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)

Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — HFC-134a (R-134a)

Air conditioning system lubricants Nissan A/C System OilType S or equivalent

*1: See later in this section for fuel recommendation.*2: See later in this section for engine oil and oil filter recommendation.*3: See later in this section for recommended SAE viscosity number.*4: Available in mainland U.S. through your INFINITI dealer.*5: DEXRONTM III/MERCONTM or equivalent may also be used. Outside the continental U.S. and Alaska contact an authorized INFINITI dealer for more information regarding suitable fluids, including recommended brand(s)

of DEXRONTM III/MERCONTM Automatic Transmission Fluid.*6: SAE 90 is acceptable in temperatures above 0°F (−18°C).*7: Contact your INFINITI dealer for a list of approved oils.*8: Outside the continental U.S. and Alaska contact an authorized INFINITI dealer for more information regarding suitable fluids, including recommended brand(s) of DEXRONTMIII/MERCONTM Automatic Transmission Fluid.*9: See “Changing engine oil” in the “8. Do-it-yourself” section for further details.*10: Genuine Nissan PSF, Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid, DEXRONTMIII/MERCONTM or equivalent ATF may also be used.

TECHNICAL AND CONSUMER INFORMATION

10-2

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

FUEL RECOMMENDATION

In order to maintain engine and exhaustsystem durability and performance,UNLEADED gasoline with an octane rating ofat least 91 AKI (Research octane number 96)must be used.

Use UNLEADED fuel only. Under no cir-cumstances should leaded gasoline beused. It will damage your three-waycatalyst and increase dangerous emis-sions from your vehicle exhaust.

CAUTION

Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emissioncontrol devices and systems, andcould also affect warranty coverage.

Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, since this

will damage the three way catalyst.

Reformulated gasoline

Some fuel suppliers are now producing refor-mulated gasolines. These gasolines are spe-cially designed to reduce vehicle emissions.INFINITI supports efforts towards cleaner airand suggests that you use reformulated gaso-line when available.

Gasoline containing oxygenatesSome fuel suppliers sell gasoline containingoxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE andmethanol with or without advertising theirpresence. INFINITI does not recommend theuse of fuels of which the oxygenate contentand the fuel compatibility for your INFINITIcannot be readily determined. If in doubt, askyour service station manager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, pleasetake the following precautions as the usage of

such fuels may cause vehicle performanceproblems and/or fuel system damage.

O The fuel should be unleaded andhave an octane rating no lower thanthat recommended for unleadedgasoline.

O If an oxygenate-blend, excepting amethanol blend, is used, it shouldcontain no more than 10% oxygen-ate. (MTBE may, however, be addedup to 15%.)

O If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). Itshould also contain a suitableamount of appropriate cosolventsand corrosion inhibitors. If not prop-erly formulated with appropriatecosolvents and corrosion inhibitors,such methanol blends may cause fuelsystem damage and/or vehicle per-


10-3

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

formance problems. At this time, suf-ficient data is not available to ensurethat all methanol blends are suitablefor use in INFINITI vehicles.

If any undesirable driveability problems suchas engine stalling and hard hot starting areexperienced after using oxygenate-blend fuels,immediately change to a non-oxygenate fuelor a fuel with a low blend of MTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline during re-fueling. Gasoline containing oxygen-ates can cause paint damage.

Aftermarket fuel additivesINFINITI does not recommend the use of anyfuel additives (i.e. fuel injector cleaner, octanebooster, intake valve deposit removers, etc.)which are sold commercially. Many of theseadditives intended for gum, varnish or depositremoval may contain active solvent or similaringredients that can be harmful to the fuelsystem and engine.

Octane rating tips

In most parts of North America, you shoulduse unleaded gasoline with an octane rating ofat least 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number.However, you may use unleaded gasoline withan octane rating as low as 85 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number in these high altitude areas[over 4,000 ft (1,219 m)] such as: Colorado,Montana, New Mexico, Utah, Wyoming,northeastern Nevada, southern Idaho, westernSouth Dakota, western Nebraska, and that partof Texas which is directly south of NewMexico.

Using unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than stated above cancause persistent, heavy “spark knock”.(“Spark knock” is a metallic rappingnoise.) If severe, this can lead to enginedamage. If you detect a persistent heavyspark knock even when using gasolineof the stated octane rating, or if you hearsteady spark knock while holding a

steady speed on level roads, have yourdealer correct the condition. Failure tocorrect the condition is misuse of the ve-hicle, for which INFINITI is not respon-sible.

Incorrect ignition timing will result in knock-ing, after-run or overheating. This in turn maycause excessive fuel consumption or damageto the engine. If any of the above symptomsare encountered, have your vehicle checked atan INFINITI dealer or other competent servicefacility.

However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This isno cause for concern, because you getthe greatest fuel benefit when there islight spark knock for a short time underheavy engine load.


10-4

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTERRECOMMENDATION

Selecting the correct oil

It is essential to choose the correct quality,and viscosity oil to ensure satisfactory enginelife and performance. Nissan recommends theuse of a low friction oil (energy conserving

oil) in order to improve fuel economy andconserve energy. Oils which do not have thespecified quality label should not be used asthey could cause engine damage.

Only those engine oils with the AmericanPetroleum Institute (API) CERTIFICATIONMARK on the front of the container should be

used. This type of oil supersedes the existingAPI SG, SH or SJ and Energy Conserving IIcategories.

If you cannot find engine oil with the APICERTIFICATION MARK, use an API gradeSG/SH, Energy Conserving I & II or API gradeSJ, Energy Conserving oil. An oil with a singledesignation SG or SH, or in combination withother categories (for example, SG/CC orSG/CD) may also be used if one with the APICERTIFICATION MARK cannot be found. AnILSAC grade GF-I & II oil can also be used.

Mineral based or synthetic type oils may beused in your INFINITI vehicle. These oils musthowever, meet the API quality and SAE vis-cosity ratings specified for your vehicle. Donot mix mineral based and synthetic type oilsin the engine at the same time.

Oil additivesINFINITI does not recommend the use of oiladditives. The use of an oil additive is not

SIT0025


10-5

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

necessary when the proper oil type is usedand maintenance intervals are followed.

Oil which may contain foreign matter or hasbeen previously used should not be used.

Oil viscosityThe engine oil viscosity or thickness changeswith temperature. Because of this, it is impor-tant that the engine oil viscosity be selectedbased on the temperatures at which thevehicle will be operated before the next oilchange. The chart “Recommended SAE vis-cosity number” shows the recommended oilviscosities for the expected ambient tempera-tures. Choosing an oil viscosity other thanthat recommended could cause serious enginedamage.

Selecting the correct oil filterYour new vehicle is equipped with a high-quality genuine Nissan oil filter. When replac-ing, use the genuine oil filter or its equivalentfor the reason described in “change intervals”.

Change intervals

The oil and oil filter change intervals for yourengine are based on the use of the specifiedquality oils and filters. Oil and filter other thanthe specified quality, or oil and filter changeintervals longer than recommended couldreduce engine life. Damage to engines causedby improper maintenance or use of incorrectoil and filter quality and/or viscosity is notcovered by the new INFINITI vehicle warran-ties.

Your engine was filled with a high qualityengine oil when it was built. You do not haveto change the oil before the first recommendedchange interval. Oil and filter change intervalsdepend upon how you use your vehicle.Operation under the following conditions mayrequire more frequent oil and filter changes.

— repeated short distance driving at coldoutside temperatures,

— driving in dusty conditions,

— extensive idling,

— towing a trailer.


10-6

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOS-ITY NUMBER

O SAE 5W-30 viscosity oil is preferredfor all temperatures. SAE 10W-30,10W-40 viscosity oil may be used ifthe ambient temperature is above0°F (−18°C).

O 80W-90 for differential is preferable.SIT0002

ITI002M


10-7

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMREFRIGERANT AND LUBRI-CANT RECOMMENDATIONS

The air conditioning in your INFINITI ve-hicle must be charged with the refriger-ant HFC-134a (R-134a) and the lubri-cant, Nissan A/C system oil Type S or theexact equivalents.

CAUTION

The use of any other refrigerant or lu-bricant will cause severe damage tothe air conditioning system and willrequire the replacement of all airconditioning system components.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in yourINFINITI vehicle will not harm the earth’sozone layer. Although this refrigerant does notaffect the earth’s atmosphere, certain govern-

mental regulations require the recovery andrecycling of any refrigerant during automotiveair conditioning system service. Your INFINITIdealer has the trained technicians and equip-ment needed to recover and recycle your airconditioning system refrigerant.

Contact your INFINITI dealer when servicingyour air conditioning system.


10-8

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

SPECIFICATIONS

ENGINE

Model VQ35DE

Type Gasoline, 4-cycle

Cylinder arrangement 6-cylinder, V-slanted at 60°

Bore 3 Stroke in (mm) 3.760 3 3.205 (95.5 3 81.4)

Displacementcu in (cm3)

213.45 (3,498)

Firing order 1-2-3-4-5-6*1

Idle speed rpm

See the “Emission controllabel” on the underside of thehood.

Ignition timing (BTDC)degree/rpm

CO percentage at idle speed[No air] %

Spark plug

Standard PLFR5A-11

Service PLFR4A-11

Option PLFR6A-11

Spark plug gap in (mm) 0.043 (1.1)

Camshaft operation Timing chain

Alternator belt size

Width 3 Lengthin (mm)

0.8409 3 46.26(21.36 3 1,175)

The spark ignition system of this vehicle meets all require-ments of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regu-lations.

ITI034MA


10-9

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

WHEELS AND TIRES

Road wheel Aluminum17 x 8JJ16 x 7JJ*

Offset in (mm) 0.79 (20)

Tire size ConventionalP245/65R17 105SP245/70R16 106S*

Spare Conventional

* Option

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

Overall length in (mm) 183.1 (4,650)

Overall width in (mm) 72.4 (1,840)

Overall height in (mm)68.1 (1,730),70.7 (1,795)*

Front tread in (mm) 60.6 (1,540)

Rear tread in (mm) 60.8 (1,545)

Wheelbase in (mm) 106.3 (2,700)

Gross vehicleweight rating

lb (kg)

See the “F.M.V.S.S. certification la-bel” on the driver’s side lock pillar.

Gross axle weight rating

Front lb (kg)

Rear lb (kg)

* With luggage rack


10-10

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

WHEN TRAVELING OR REG-ISTERING YOURVEHICLE IN ANOTHERCOUNTRYIf you plan to travel in another country,you should first find out if the fuel available issuitable for your vehicle’s engine.

Using fuel with too low an octane rating maycause engine damage. All gasoline vehiclesmust be operated with unleaded gasoline.Therefore, avoid taking your vehicle to areaswhere appropriate fuel is not available.

When transferring the registration ofyour vehicle to another country, state,province or district, it may be necessary tomodify the vehicle to meet local laws andregulations.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicleemission control and safety standards varyaccording to the country, state, province or

district; therefore, vehicle specifications maydiffer.

When any vehicle is to be taken into an-other country, state, province or districtand registered, its modifications, trans-portation, and registration are the re-sponsibility of the user. INFINITI is notresponsible for any inconvenience thatmay result.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONVEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (VIN) PLATE

The vehicle identification number plate isattached as shown. This number is the iden-tification for your vehicle and is used in thevehicle registration.

SIT0043


10-11

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (Chassis number)

The number is stamped as shown.

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER

The number is stamped on the engine asshown.

F.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATION LA-BEL

The Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard(F.M.V.S.S.) certification label is affixed asshown. This label contains valuable vehicleinformation, such as: Gross Vehicle WeightRatings (GVWR), Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR), month and year of manufacture,Vehicle Identification Number, (VIN), etc. Re-view it carefully.

SIT0044

SIT0101

SIT0046


10-12

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

EMISSION CONTROL INFOR-MATION LABEL

The emission control information label isattached as shown.

TIRE PLACARD

The cold tire pressure is shown on the tireplacard affixed to the glove box lid.

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICA-TION LABEL

The air conditioner specification label is at-tached as shown.

SIT0047

SIT0100

SIT0049


10-13

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

VEHICLE LOADING INFOR-MATION

WARNING

O It is extremely dangerous to ride ina cargo area inside of a vehicle. Ina collision, people riding in theseareas are more likely to be seri-ously injured or killed.


O Be sure everyone in your vehicleis in a seat and using a seat beltproperly.

TERMS

It is important to familiarize yourself with the

following terms before loading your vehicle:

O Curb Weight (actual weight of your ve-hicle) - vehicle weight including: standardand optional equipment, fluids, emergencytools, and spare tire assembly. This weightdoes not include passengers and cargo.

O GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curb weightplus the combined weight of passengersand cargo.

O GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) -maximum total weight (load) limit speci-fied for the vehicle.

O GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) - maxi-mum weight (load) limit specified for thefront or rear axle.

DETERMINING VEHICLE LOADCAPACITYThe load capacity of this vehicle is determinedby weight, not by available cargo space. Forexample, a luggage rack, bike carrier, cartop

carrier or similar equipment does not increaseload carrying capacity of your vehicle.

To determine vehicle load capacity:

Vehicle weight can be determined by using acommercial-grade scale, found at places suchas a truck stop, gravel quarry, grain elevator,or a scrap metal recycling facility.

1) Determine the curb weight of your vehicle.

2) Compare the curb weight amount to theGVWR specified for your vehicle to deter-mine how much more weight your vehiclecan carry.

3) After loading (cargo and passengers), re-weigh your vehicle to determine if eitherGVWR or GAWR for your vehicle is ex-ceeded. If GVWR is exceeded, removecargo as necessary. If either the front orrear GAWR is exceeded, shift the load orremove cargo as necessary.


10-14

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

LOADING TIPS

O The GVW must not exceed GVWR orGAWR as specified on the F.M.V.S.S.Certification Label.

O Do not load the front and rear axle to theGAWR. Doing so will exceed the GVWR.

WARNING


O Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR or themaximum front and rear GAWRs.If you do, parts on your vehicle

can break, or it can change theway your vehicle handles. Thiscould result in loss of control andcause personal injury.

O Overloading can shorten the lifeof your vehicle. Failures causedby overloading are not covered byyour warranty.

TOWING A TRAILER

Your new vehicle was designed to be usedprimarily to carry passengers and cargo.Remember that towing a trailer will placeadditional loads on your vehicle’s engine,drive train, steering, braking and other sys-tems.

Information on trailer towing and the specialequipment required should be obtained from aprofessional trailer dealer/installer.

MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS

Maximum trailer loads

Never allow the total trailer load to exceed thevalue specified in the following TowingLoad/Specification Chart. The total trailer loadequals trailer weight plus its cargo weight.

O When towing a trailer load of 1,000 lb (454kg) or more, trailers with a brake systemMUST be used.

The maximum GCWR (Gross CombinedWeight Rating) should not exceed the value

ITI001


10-15

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

specified in the following Towing Load Speci-fication Chart.

The GCWR equals the combined weight of thetowing vehicle (including passengers andcargo) plus the total trailer load. Towing loadsgreater than these or using improper towingequipment could adversely affect vehicle han-dling, braking and performance.

The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer isnot only related to the maximum trailer loads,but also the places you plan to tow. Towweights appropriate for level highway drivingmay have to be reduced on very steep gradesor in low traction situations (for example, onslippery boat ramps).

WARNING

Vehicle damage and/or personal in-jury resulting from improper towing

procedures is not covered byINFINITI warranties. An InfinitiTrailer Towing Guide (U.S. only)containing information on trailertowing ability and the special equip-ment required may be obtained froman authorized INFINITI dealer.

Tongue load

Keep the tongue load between 9 to 11% of thetotal trailer load within the maximum tongueload limits shown in the following TowingLoad/Specifications Chart. If the tongue loadbecomes excessive, rearrange cargo to allowfor proper tongue load.

Maximum gross vehicleweight/maximum gross axleweight

The gross vehicle weight of the towing vehiclemust not exceed the gross vehicle weightrating (GVWR) shown on the F.M.V.S.S.certification label. The gross vehicle weightequals the combined weight of the unloadedvehicle, passengers, luggage, hitch, trailertongue load and any other optional equip-ment. In addition, front or rear gross axleweight must not exceed the gross axle weight

SIT0050


10-16

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

rating (GAWR) shown on the F.M.V.S.S.certification label.

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION CHART

Unit: lb (kg)

MODELWEIGHT

QX-4VQ35DE (6-Cyl.)

A/T

MAXIMUMTRAILERWEIGHT*1

5,000 (2,268)

MAXIMUMTONGUE LOAD

500 (227)

GROSS COM-BINED WEIGHTRATING

9,500 (4,308)

RECOMMENDEDEQUIPMENT*2

Sway Control Device(SCD)

*1: All towing above 1,000 lb (454 kg) requires theuse of trailer brakes. INFINITI recommends the use

of a tandem axle trailer whenever towing above3,000 lb (1,361 kg).

*2: A sway control device is recommended for alltowing above 2,000 lb (907 kg). Sway controldevices are not offered by INFINITI. See a profes-sional trailer/hitch outlet for a properly designedsway control device for your trailer.

TOWING SAFETY

Trailer hitchChoose a proper hitch for your vehicle andtrailer. A genuine INFINITI trailer hitch isavailable from your INFINITI dealer (US only).Make sure the trailer hitch is securely attachedto the vehicle, to help avoid personal injury orproperty damage due to sway caused bycrosswinds, rough road surfaces or passingtrucks.

CAUTION

O Special hitches which includeframe reinforcements are re-quired for towing above 2,000 lb(907 kg). Suitable GenuineINFINITI hitches for pickup truckand sport utility vehicles are avail-able at an authorized INFINITIdealer.

O Do not use axle-mounted hitches.

O Do not modify the vehicle exhaustsystem, brake system, etc. to in-stall a trailer hitch.

O After the hitch is removed, sealthe bolt holes to prevent exhaustfumes, water or dust from enter-ing the passenger compartment.


10-17

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

O Regularly check all hitch mount-ing bolts are securely mounted.

O To reduce the possibility of addi-tional damage if your vehicle isstruck from the rear, where prac-tical, remove the hitch and/or re-ceiver when not in use. After thehitch is removed, seal the boltholes to prevent exhaust fumes,water or dust from entering thepassenger compartment.

Tire pressures

O When towing a trailer, inflate the vehicletires to the recommended cold tire pres-sure indicated on the tire placard (locatedon the inside of the glove box lid).

O Trailer tire condition, size, load rating andproper inflation pressure should be inaccordance with the trailer and tire manu-

facturers’ specifications.

Safety chain

Always use a suitable chain between yourvehicle and the trailer. The chain should becrossed and should be attached to the hitch,not to the vehicle bumper or axle. Be sure toleave enough slack in the chain to permitturning corners.

Trailer lights

Trailer lights should comply with Federaland/or local regulations.

When wiring the vehicle for towing, con-nect the stop and tail light pickup intothe vehicle electrical circuit at a pointbetween the sensor and stop light switchor light switch.

Trailer brakes

If your trailer is equipped with a brakingsystem, make sure it conforms to Federal

and/or local regulations and that it is properlyinstalled.

WARNING

Never connect a trailer brake systemdirectly to the vehicle brake system.

Pre-towing tipsO Be certain your vehicle maintains a level

position when a loaded or unloaded traileris hitched. Do not drive the vehicle if it hasan abnormal nose-up or nose-down con-dition; check for improper tongue load,overload, worn suspension or other pos-sible causes of either condition.

O Always secure items in the trailer toprevent load shifts while driving.

O Be certain your rear view mirrors conformto all federal, state or local regulations. Ifnot, install any mirrors required for towing


10-18

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

before driving the vehicle.

Trailer towing tips

In order to gain skill and an understanding ofthe vehicle’s behavior, you should practiceturning, stopping and backing up in an areawhich is free from traffic. Steering stability,and braking performance will be somewhatdifferent than under normal driving condi-tions.

O Always secure items in the trailer toprevent load shift while driving.

O Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration or stops.

O Avoid sharp turns or lane changes.

O Always drive your vehicle at a moderatespeed.

O Always block the wheels on both vehicleand trailer when parking. Parking on aslope is not recommended; however, if youmust do so, and if your vehicle isequipped with automatic transmission,

first block the wheels and apply the park-ing brake, and then move the transmissionselector lever into the P position. If youmove the selector lever to the P positionbefore blocking the wheels and applyingthe parking brake, transmission damagecould occur.

O When going down a hill, shift into a lowergear and use the engine braking effect.When ascending a long grade, downshiftthe transmission to a lower gear andreduce speed to reduce chances of engineoverloading and/or overheating.

However, for long steep grades, do notstay in 1st or 2nd gear when driving above35 MPH (56 km/h).

O If the engine coolant rises to an extremelyhigh temperature when the air conditioningsystem is on, turn off the air conditioner.Coolant heat can be additionally vented byopening the windows, switching the fan

control to high and setting the temperaturecontrol to the HOT position.

O Trailer towing requires more fuel thannormal circumstances.

O Avoid towing a trailer for the first 500miles (800 km).

O Have your vehicle serviced more often thanat intervals specified in the recommendedmaintenance schedule.

O When making a turn, your trailer wheelswill be closer to the inside of the turn thanyour vehicle wheels. To compensate forthis, make a larger than normal turningradius during the turn.

O Crosswinds and rough roads will ad-versely affect vehicle/trailer handling, pos-sibly causing vehicle sway. When beingpassed by larger vehicles, be prepared forpossible changes in crosswinds that couldaffect vehicle handling. If swaying doesoccur, firmly grip the steering wheel, steer


10-19

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

straight ahead, and immediately (butgradually) reduce vehicle speed. Thiscombination will help stabilize the vehicle.Never increase speed.

O Be careful when passing other vehicles.Passing while towing a trailer requiresconsiderably more distance than normalpassing. Remember the length of the trailermust also pass the other vehicle beforeyou can safely change lanes.

O To maintain engine braking efficiency andelectrical charging performance, do notuse overdrive (automatic transmission).

O Avoid holding the brake pedal down toolong or too frequently. This could causethe brakes to overheat, resulting in re-duced braking efficiency.

When towing a trailer, change fluid inthe transmission more frequently.

See the “9. Maintenance” section.

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITYGRADINGDOT (Department of Transportation) QualityGrades: All passenger car tires must conformto Federal Safety Requirements in addition tothese grades.

Quality grades can be found where applicableon the tire sidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width. For example:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Tempera-ture A

TreadwearTreadwear grade is a comparative rating basedon tire wear rate when tested under controlledconditions on specified government testcourses. For example, a tire graded 150 wouldwear one and a half (1-1/2) times as well onthe government course as a tire graded 100.However, relative tire performance depends onactual driving conditions, and may vary sig-nificantly due to variations in driving habits,

service practices and differences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction AA, A, B and CThe traction grades from highest to lowest areAA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent thetire’s ability to stop on wet pavement asmeasured under controlled conditions onspecified government test surfaces of asphaltand concrete. A tire marked C may have poortraction performance.

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to yourvehicle tires is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, anddoes not include acceleration, cor-nering, hydroplaning, or peak trac-tion characteristics.


10-20

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

Temperature A, B and C

Temperature grades are A (the highest), B, andC. They represent a tire’s resistance to heatbuild-up, and its ability to dissipate heat whentested under controlled conditions on a speci-fied indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can cause tire material todegenerate, reducing tire life. Excessive tem-peratures can lead to sudden tire failure.Grade C corresponds to a performance levelwhich all passenger car tires must meet underthe Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No.109. Grades A and B represent higher levels ofperformance on laboratory test wheels thanthe minimum required by law.

WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properly

inflated and not overloaded. Exces-sive speed, under inflation, or ex-cessive loading, either separately orin combination, can cause heatbuild-up and possible tire failure.

EMISSION CONTROLSYSTEM WARRANTYYour INFINITI is covered by the followingemission warranties.

For US

1) Emission Defects Warranty

2) Emissions Performance Warranty(See Warranty Information Booklet for de-tails.)

For Canada

Emission Control System Warranty

Details of these warranties may be found with

other vehicle warranties in your WarrantyInformation Booklet that comes with yourINFINITI. If you did not receive a WarrantyInformation Booklet, or it has become lost,you may obtain a replacement by writing to orcalling:

O INFINITI DivisionNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 191, Gardena, CA 90248-0191

O Nissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario,L4W 4Z5Tel. No. 1-800-387-0122

O INFINITI DivisionNissan Motor Corporation in Hawaii, Ltd.Consumer Affairs Department2880 Kilihau StreetHonolulu, Hawaii 96819Tel. No. 1-808-836-0888


10-21

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

REPORTING SAFETY DE-FECTS (US only)If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash or couldcause injury or death, you should imme-diately inform the National Highway Traf-fic Safety Administration (NHTSA) inaddition to notifying INFINITI.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, itmay open an investigation, and if it findsthat a safety defect exists in a group ofvehicles, it may order a recall and remedycampaign. However, NHTSA cannot be-come involved in individual problemsbetween you, your dealer, or INFINITI.

To contact NHTSA, you may either callthe Auto Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-800-424-9393 (or 366-0123 in Washington,D.C. area) or write to: NHTSA, U.S.Department of Transportation, Washing-ton, D.C. 20590. You can also obtain

other information about motor vehiclesafety from the Hotline.

You may notify INFINITI by contacting ourConsumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at1-800-662-6200.In Hawaii call 1-808-836-0848

READINESS FORINSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST(US only)Due to legal requirements in some states/areas, your vehicle may be required to be inwhat is called the ready condition for anInspection/Maintenance (I/M) test of the emis-sion control system.

The vehicle is set to the ready condition whenit is driven through certain driving patterns.Usually, the ready condition can be obtainedby ordinary usage of the vehicle.

If a powertrain system component is repairedor the battery is disconnected, the vehicle maybe reset to a not ready condition. Before takingthe I/M test, drive the vehicle through thefollowing pattern to set the vehicle to the readycondition.

WARNING

Always drive the vehicle in a safe andprudent manner according to trafficconditions, and obey all traffic laws.

1. Start the engine when the engine coolanttemperature gauge needle points to C.Allow the engine to idle until the gaugeneedle points between the C and H (nor-mal operating temperature).

2. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88km/h), then quickly release the acceleratorpedal completely and maintain it released


10-22

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

for at least 6 seconds.

3. Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for amoment, then drive the vehicle at a speedof 53 to 60 MPH (86 to 96 km/h) for atleast 5 minutes.

4. Stop the vehicle.

5. Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH (55km/h) and maintain the speed for 20seconds.

6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 at least three times.

7. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88km/h) and maintain the speed for at least 3minutes.

8. Stop the vehicle (shift lever in the “P” or“N” position).

9. Rev the engine up between 2,500 and3,500 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutiveminutes, then release the accelerator pedalcompletely.

10.Wait 5 second at idle.

11.Rev the engine up between 2,000 and3,000 rpm and maintain it for 5 consecu-tive minutes.

12.Turn the engine off.

13.Repeat steps 1 through 8 at least one moretime.

If step 1 through 7 is interrupted, repeat thepreceding step. Any safe driving mode isacceptable between steps. Do not stop theengine until step 7 is completed.

Dynamometer testing forInspection/Maintenance (I/M)test (US only)

Due to legal requirements in somestates/areas, your vehicle may be tested foremissions on a dynamometer. The 4WD shiftswitch MUST be in the 2WD position for I/Mtesting on a two wheel dynamometer.

WARNING

O If the 4WD shift switch is not in the2WD mode during the dynamom-eter I/M testing, the vehicle couldcome off the dynamometer andcause serious personal injuryand/or body damage to the ve-hicle.

O Serious damage will occur to the4WD system if the 4WD shiftswitch is not in the 2WD mode.

OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICEMANUAL ORDER INFORMA-TIONA genuine INFINITI Service Manual is the bestsource of service and repair information foryour vehicle. Filled with wiring diagrams,illustrations and step-by-step diagnostic and


10-23

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

adjustment procedures, this manual is thesame one used by the factory trained techni-cians working at authorized INFINITI dealer-ships. Also available are genuine INFINITIOwner’s Manuals, and genuine INFINITI Ser-vice and Owner’s Manuals for older INFINITImodels.

In the USA:

For current pricing and availability of genuineINFINITI Service Manuals for the 2000model year and later, contact:

Tweddle Litho Company1-800-639-8841www.nissan-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability of genuineINFINITI Service Manuals for the 1999model year and prior, see an authorizedINFINITI dealer, or contact:

DDS Distribution Services, Ltd.20770 Westwood RoadStrongsville, OH 44136

1-800-247-5321

For current pricing and availability of genuineINFINITI Owner’s Manuals for the 2001model year and prior, see an authorizedINFINITI dealer, or contact:

DDS Distribution Services, Ltd.20770 Westwood RoadStrongsville, OH 441361-800-247-5321

In Canada:

To purchase a copy of a genuine INFINITIService Manual or Owner’s Manual pleasecontact your nearest INFINITI dealer. For thephone number and location of an INFINITIdealer in your area call the INFINITI Satisfac-tion Center at 1-800-387-0122 and a bilingualINFINITI representative will assist you.

Also available are genuine INFINITI Serviceand Owner’s Manuals for older INFINITI mod-els.

IN THE EVENT OF A COLLI-SION

Unfortunately, accidents do occur. In thisunlikely event, there is some important infor-mation you should know. Many insurancecompanies routinely authorize the use ofnon-genuine collision parts in order to cutcosts, among other reasons.

Insist on the use of GenuineINFINITI Collision Parts!

If you want your vehicle to be restored usingparts made to INFINITI’s original exactingspecifications — if you want to help it to lastand hold its resale value, the solution issimple. Tell your insurance agent andyour repair shop to only use GenuineINFINITI Collision Parts. INFINITI does notwarrant non-INFINITI parts, nor doesINFINITI’s warranty apply to damage causedby a non-genuine part.

Using Genuine INFINITI Parts can help protect


10-24

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

your personal safety, preserve your warrantyprotection and maintain the resale value ofyour vehicle. And if your vehicle was leased,using Genuine INFINITI Parts may prevent orlimit unnecessary excess wear and tear ex-penses at the end of your lease.

INFINITI designs its hoods with crumplezones to minimize the risk that the hood willpenetrate the windshield of your vehicle in anaccident. Non-genuine (imitation) parts maynot provide such built in safeguards. Also,non-genuine parts often show premature wear,rust and corrosion.

Why should you take a chance?

In over 40 states, the law says you must beadvised if non-genuine parts are used torepair your vehicle. And some states haveenacted laws that restrict insurance companiesfrom authorizing the use of non-genuinecollision parts during the new vehicle war-ranty. These laws help protect you, so you can

take action to protect yourself.

It’s your right!


10-25

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

11 Index

A

ABS (Anti-lock brake system) .................................... 5-31Air bag system

Front (See supplemental front airbag system) .... 1-15Side (See supplemental side air bag system)..... 1-17

Air bag warning labels ............................................... 1-20Air bag warning light........................................ 1-21, 2-14Air cleaner housing filter ............................................ 8-17Air conditioner

Air conditioner operation ....................................... 4-3Air conditioner service................................... 4-3, 4-6Air conditioner specification label ............. 4-3, 10-13Air conditioner system refrigerant and lubricationrecommendations ................................................... 4-3Air filter .................................................................. 4-6Heater and air conditioner (automatic) (if soequipped) ............................................................... 4-3

Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricantrecommendations ........................................................ 10-8Air flow charts .............................................................. 4-3Alcohol, drugs and driving........................................... 5-5AM-FM radio with cassette player ............................. 4-10AM-FM radio with cassette player and compact discplayer .......................................................................... 4-15

Anchor point locationsTop tether strap.................................................... 1-44

AntennaPower ................................................................... 4-25

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS).................................... 5-31Anti-lock brake warning light ..................................... 2-11Appearance care

Exterior appearance care........................................ 7-2Interior appearance care......................................... 7-4

Armrest.......................................................................... 1-8Ashtray (See cigarette lighter and ashtray) ................ 2-32ATP warning light ....................................................... 2-11Audible reminders....................................................... 2-18Audio system ................................................................ 4-6

Steering wheel audio controls ............................. 4-23Audio operation precautions.................................. 4-8

AutomaticAutomatic transmission fluid (ATF)..................... 8-11Driving with automatic transmission ................... 5-11Seat positioner ..................................................... 3-17Transmission park warning light ......................... 2-11Transmission selector lever lock release............. 5-14

Avoiding collision and rollover .................................... 5-4

B

Battery ......................................................................... 8-14Battery saver system ............................................ 2-25

Battery replacement, (See multi-remote controlsystem).......................................................................... 3-9Before starting the engine .......................................... 5-10Belts (See drive belts) ................................................ 8-16Brake

Anti-lock brake system (ABS).............................. 5-31Brake booster ....................................................... 8-20Brake fluid............................................................ 8-13Brake pedal .......................................................... 8-19Brake pedal check................................................ 8-19Parking brake check................................... 5-16, 8-19Parking brake operation....................................... 5-16System.................................................................. 5-31Warning light ....................................................... 2-12

Break-in schedule ....................................................... 5-19Bulb check/instrument panel ...................................... 2-10Bulb replacement ........................................................ 8-23

Z 00.12.8/JR50-D/V5 X

C

Cabin air filter............................................................... 4-6Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants............. 10-2Car phone ................................................................... 4-25Car phone or CB radio............................................... 4-25Cargo (See vehicle loading information) ....... 2-38, 10-14Cargo net .................................................................... 2-38Cassette player (See audio system) ........................... 4-13Cassette tape operation .............................................. 4-13Catalytic converter, Three way catalyst ........................ 5-3CD care and cleaning................................................. 4-23Cellular phone

Steering wheel switch .......................................... 2-64Switch operation .................................................. 2-64

Child restraints ........................................................... 1-34Installation on front passenger seat .................... 1-46Installation on rear seat outboard positions........ 1-39Installation on rear seat center position.............. 1-36Precautions on child restraints............................ 1-34Top tether strap anchor point locations .............. 1-44With top tether strap............................................ 1-44

Child safety ................................................................. 1-26Child safety rear door lock........................................... 3-4Cigarette lighter and ashtray ...................................... 2-32

Circuit breaker, Fusible link ....................................... 8-21Cleaning exterior and interior............................... 7-2, 7-4Clock ........................................................................... 2-31Cold weather driving .................................................. 5-33Compact disc (CD) player operation............................ 4-6Compass display .......................................................... 2-7Console box................................................................ 2-35Controls

Audio controls........................................................ 4-6Audio controls (steering wheel)........................... 4-23Heater and air conditioner controls (automatic).... 4-3Steering wheel audio controls ............................. 4-23

CoolantCapacities and recommended fuel/lubricants...... 10-2Changing engine coolant....................................... 8-6Checking engine coolant level............................... 8-5

Corrosion protection ..................................................... 7-5Cover, Tonneau cover................................................. 2-39Cruise control ............................................................. 5-17Cup holders ................................................................ 2-34

D

Daytime running light system .................................... 2-27

Defogger switch, Glass hatch and outside mirror defoggerswitch .......................................................................... 2-23Dimensions and weights .......................................... 10-10Door open warning light ............................................ 2-13Drive belts................................................................... 8-16Driving

Cold weather driving............................................ 5-33Driving with automatic transmission ................... 5-11On-pavement and offroad driving.......................... 5-4Precautions when starting and driving.................. 5-2Safety precautions.................................................. 5-5

E

Economy, Fuel ............................................................ 5-19Electric sunroof ........................................................... 2-42Emission control information label .......................... 10-13Emission control system warranty............................ 10-21Engine

Before starting the engine.................................... 5-10Block heater ......................................................... 5-36Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants...... 10-2Changing engine coolant....................................... 8-6Changing engine oil .............................................. 8-9

INDEX

11-2

Z 00.12.8/JR50-D/V5 X

Changing engine oil filter.................................... 8-10Checking engine coolant level............................... 8-5Checking engine oil level ...................................... 8-8Coolant temperature gauge.................................... 2-5Engine compartment check locations .................... 8-4Engine cooling system........................................... 8-5Engine oil ............................................................... 8-8Engine oil and oil filter recommendation............ 10-5Engine oil viscosity.................................... 10-6, 10-7Engine serial number......................................... 10-12Engine specifications ........................................... 10-9If your engine overheats ...................................... 6-10Starting the engine............................................... 5-10

Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide) .................................. 5-2

F

F.M.V.S.S. certification label .................................... 10-12Filter, Air cleaner housing filter ................................. 8-17Flashers (See hazard warning flasher switch)............ 2-28Flat tire.......................................................................... 6-2Floor mat cleaning........................................................ 7-4Fluid

Automatic transmission fluid (ATF)..................... 8-11Brake fluid............................................................ 8-13

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants...... 10-2Engine coolant ....................................................... 8-5Engine oil ............................................................... 8-8Power steering fluid............................................. 8-13Window washer fluid ........................................... 8-14

Fog light switch .......................................................... 2-28Four wheel drive (4WD) ............................................. 5-204WD shift switch operations ...................................... 5-25Front air bag system (See supplemental restraintsystem)........................................................................ 1-15Front fog light switch ................................................. 2-28Front power seat adjustment ........................................ 1-3Fuel

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants...... 10-2Filler cap .............................................................. 3-13Filler lid................................................................ 3-13Filler lid and cap ................................................. 3-13Filler lid opener lever .......................................... 3-13Fuel economy....................................................... 5-19Fuel octane rating ................................................ 10-3Fuel recommendation........................................... 10-3Gauge ..................................................................... 2-5

Fuses........................................................................... 8-20Fusible links ............................................................... 8-21

G

Garage door opener, Integrated HomeLinkT UniversalTransceiver .................................................................. 2-47Gas cap ....................................................................... 3-13Gauge ............................................................................ 2-3

Engine coolant temperature gauge ........................ 2-5Fuel gauge ............................................................. 2-5Odometer ................................................................ 2-4Speedometer........................................................... 2-4Tachometer ............................................................. 2-4

General maintenance..................................................... 9-2Glass hatch and outside mirror defogger switch....... 2-23Glass hatch lock ......................................................... 3-11Glass hatch opener ..................................................... 3-11Glasses case ............................................................... 2-33Glove box.................................................................... 2-35Glove box lock............................................................ 2-35

H

Hazard warning flasher switch.................................... 2-28Head restraints .............................................................. 1-6Headlamps, (Bulb replacement).................................. 8-23

INDEX

11-3

Z 00.12.8/JR50-D/V5 X

Headlights(Bulb replacement)............................................... 8-23Headlight switch................................................... 2-25Xenon headlights ................................................. 2-24

Heated seats................................................................ 2-29Heater

Engine coolant heater .......................................... 5-36Heater and air conditioner (automatic) (if soequipped) ............................................................... 4-3

HomeLinkT Universal Transceiver.............................. 2-47Hood, release .............................................................. 3-10Hook, Luggage hook .................................................. 2-37Horn ............................................................................ 2-29How to stop alarm, Vehicle security system.............. 2-20

I

Ignition switch .............................................................. 5-8Automatic transmission models........................... 5-11Key positions ......................................................... 5-9

Immobilizer system..................................................... 2-20Indicator lights and chimes (See warning/indicator lightsand chimes) ................................................................ 2-15Infiniti Communicator ................................................. 2-51

False activation .................................................... 2-62

Indicator light description.................................... 2-59Password.............................................................. 2-62Payment for use................................................... 2-60System description............................................... 2-56System limitation ................................................. 2-60

Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System, Engine start ........ 5-9Inside mirror ............................................................... 3-16Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test ............................ 10-22Instrument panel ........................................................... 2-2Integrated HomeLinkT Universal Transceiver............. 2-47Interior light replacement............................................ 8-24

J

Jump starting ................................................................ 6-8

K

Keyless entry, (See multi-remote control system) ....... 3-4Keys .............................................................................. 3-2

L

Label, Air conditioner specification label ................. 10-13Label, Emission control information label ............... 10-13

Label, F.M.V.S.S. certification label ......................... 10-12Labels

Air bag warning labels......................................... 1-20Air conditioner specification label ..................... 10-13Engine serial number......................................... 10-12Vehicle identification number (VIN)................... 10-11

LightAir bag warning light........................................... 1-21Bulb replacement ................................................. 8-23Front fog light switch .......................................... 2-28Headlamps (Bulb replacement)............................ 8-23Headlight switch................................................... 2-25Headlights (Bulb replacement)............................. 8-23Infiniti Communicator indicator ........................... 2-59Luggage compartment lights ............................... 2-36Personal light ....................................................... 2-46Replacement ......................................................... 8-23Vanity mirror lights.............................................. 2-46Warning/indicator lights and chimes......... 2-11, 2-15Xenon headlights ................................................. 2-24

Lights, Exterior and interior light replacement........... 8-24Loading information (See vehicle loadinginformation)............................................................... 10-14Lock

Door locks.............................................................. 3-3

INDEX

11-4

Z 00.12.8/JR50-D/V5 X

Glass hatch lock .................................................. 3-12Glove box lock..................................................... 2-35Power door lock..................................................... 3-3Rear door lock ..................................................... 3-10Rear door opener ................................................. 3-10

Low fuel warning light................................................ 2-14Luggage compartment lights ...................................... 2-36Luggage hooks ........................................................... 2-37Luggage rack .............................................................. 2-40Luggage storage (See vehicle loadinginformation)................................................................. 2-36

M

MaintenanceBattery .................................................................. 8-14Explanation of maintenance items ............... 9-3, 9-11General maintenance.............................................. 9-2Inside the vehicle................................................... 9-2Maintenance precautions ....................................... 8-2Outside the vehicle ................................................ 9-2Periodic maintenance schedules............................ 9-5Seat belt maintenance.......................................... 1-34Under the hood and vehicle .................................. 9-4

Meters and gauges ....................................................... 2-3

MirrorInside mirror ........................................................ 3-16Outside mirror...................................................... 3-16Outside mirror control ......................................... 3-16Outside mirrors .................................................... 3-16

Multi-remote control system ........................................ 3-4

N

Net, Cargo net ............................................................ 2-38New vehicle break-in .................................................. 5-19Vehicle Immobilizer System ....................................... 2-18

O

Odometer....................................................................... 2-4Oil

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants...... 10-2Changing engine oil .............................................. 8-9Changing engine oil filter.................................... 8-10Checking engine oil level ...................................... 8-8Engine oil ............................................................... 8-8Engine oil viscosity.............................................. 10-6

Outside mirror............................................................. 3-16Outside mirror control ................................................ 3-16

Outside mirrors ........................................................... 3-16Outside temperature display ......................................... 2-6Overdrive switch ......................................................... 5-15Overheat, If your vehicle overheats ............................ 6-10

P

ParkingBrake check.......................................................... 8-19Parking brake check............................................. 5-16Parking brake operation....................................... 5-16Parking on hills ................................................... 5-16

Parking/parking on hills ............................................. 5-29Password, Infiniti Communicator ............................... 2-62Periodic maintenance schedules .................................. 9-5Personal light.............................................................. 2-46Power

Front seat adjustment ............................................ 1-3Power door lock..................................................... 3-3Power outlet ......................................................... 2-31Power steering fluid............................................. 8-13Power steering system......................................... 5-30Power windows .................................................... 2-41

Pre-tensioner seat belt system ................................... 1-19

INDEX

11-5

Z 00.12.8/JR50-D/V5 X

PrecautionsAudio system ......................................................... 4-8Cruise control operations .................................... 5-18Cruise control precautions................................... 5-17Driving safety ......................................................... 5-5Maintenance precautions ....................................... 8-2On child restraints ............................................... 1-34On seat belt usage............................................... 1-23On supplemental restraint system ......................... 1-8On-pavement and offroad driving precautions ...... 5-4Precautions when starting and driving.................. 5-2

Push starting............................................................... 6-10

R

Rack, Luggage rack .................................................... 2-40Radio

AM-FM radio with cassette player ...................... 4-10AM-FM radio with cassette player and compact discplayer.................................................................... 4-15Car phone or CB radio........................................ 4-25Cassette player operation................... 4-6, 4-13, 4-19CB radio or car phone......................................... 4-25Compact disc (CD) player operation................... 4-21Steering wheel audio controls ............................. 4-23

Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M) test (USonly) .......................................................................... 10-22Rear door .................................................................... 3-10Rear door lock ............................................................ 3-10

Child safety rear door lock.................................... 3-4Rear door opener ........................................................ 3-10Rear power point ........................................................ 2-31Rear seat adjustment .................................................... 1-4Rear window wiper and washer switch ...................... 2-22Registering your vehicle in another country ............ 10-11Remote keyless entry, (See multi-remote controlsystem).......................................................................... 3-4Reporting safety defects (US only)........................... 10-22Roadside assistance program....................................... 6-2Rollover ......................................................................... 5-4

S

SafetyChild seat belts.................................................... 1-26Reporting safety defects (US only).................... 10-22Towing safety ..................................................... 10-17

SeatBelt extenders....................................................... 1-33Belt hook.............................................................. 1-31

Belt maintenance.................................................. 1-34Belt warning light................................................. 1-23Belt warning light and chime .............................. 2-14

Seat adjustmentFront power seat adjustment ................................. 1-3Rear seat adjustment.............................................. 1-4

Seat belt(s)Child safety .......................................................... 1-26Infants and small children ................................... 1-26Injured persons .................................................... 1-27Larger children..................................................... 1-27Pre-tensioner seat belt system ............................ 1-19Precautions on seat belt usage ........................... 1-23Pregnant women .................................................. 1-27Seat belt cleaning .................................................. 7-5Seat belts ............................................................. 1-23Three-point type with retractor ............................ 1-27Two-point type without retractor (rear center lapbelt) ...................................................................... 1-31

Seat(s), Seats ................................................................ 1-2Seats, Heated seats..................................................... 2-29Security system (Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System),Engine start ................................................................. 2-20Security systems (See vehicle security system) ........ 2-18Servicing air conditioner ...................................... 4-3, 4-6

INDEX

11-6

Z 00.12.8/JR50-D/V5 X

Shift lock release ........................................................ 5-14Shifting, Automatic transmission................................ 5-11Shoulder belt height adjustment, For front seats ...... 1-30Side air bag system (See supplemental side air bagsystem)........................................................................ 1-17Spark plugs................................................................. 8-16Speedometer ................................................................. 2-4Starting

Before starting the engine.................................... 5-10Jump starting ......................................................... 6-8Precautions when starting and driving.................. 5-2Push starting........................................................ 6-10Starting the engine............................................... 5-10

SteeringPower steering fluid............................................. 8-13Power steering system......................................... 5-30Steering wheel switch for cellular phone ............ 2-63Tilting steering wheel........................................... 3-15

Storage ........................................................................ 2-32Sun shade ................................................................... 2-43Sun visors................................................................... 3-16Sunroof, Electric sunroof ............................................ 2-42Supplemental air bag warning labels ......................... 1-20Supplemental air bag warning light ................. 1-21, 2-14Supplemental front air bag system ............................ 1-15

Supplemental restraint system...................................... 1-8Precautions on supplemental restraint system...... 1-8

Supplemental side air bag system ............................. 1-17Switch

4WD shift switch operations................................ 5-25Cellular phone, steering....................................... 2-63Front fog light switch .......................................... 2-28Glass hatch and outside mirror defoggerswitch ................................................................... 2-23Hazard warning flasher switch............................. 2-28Headlight switch................................................... 2-25Ignition switch........................................................ 5-8Ignition switch automatic transmissionmodels.................................................................. 5-10Overdrive switch................................................... 5-15Power door lock switch ......................................... 3-4Turn signal switch ............................................... 2-28

T

Tachometer.................................................................... 2-4Temperature display...................................................... 2-6Temperature gauge, Engine coolant temperaturegauge ............................................................................ 2-5Theft (Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System), Enginestart ............................................................................. 2-20

Three way catalyst ........................................................ 5-3Tilting steering wheel ................................................. 3-15Tire

Flat tire ................................................................... 6-2Uniform tire quality grading .............................. 10-20

TiresTire chains ........................................................... 8-31Tire placard ........................................................ 10-13Tire pressure ........................................................ 8-30Tire rotation.......................................................... 8-32Type of tires......................................................... 8-31wheel/tire size .................................................... 10-10Wheels and tires .................................................. 8-30

Tonneau cover ............................................................ 2-39Top tether strap child restraints ................................. 1-44Towing

Tow truck towing ................................................. 6-11Towing a trailer .................................................. 10-15Towing load/specification chart ......................... 10-15Towing safety ..................................................... 10-17

Trailer towing ............................................................ 10-15Transceiver, Integrated HomeLinkT UniversalTransceiver .................................................................. 2-47Transfer case shifting procedures .............................. 5-21

INDEX

11-7

Z 00.12.8/JR50-D/V5 X

TransmissionAutomatic transmission fluid (ATF)..................... 8-11Driving with automatic transmission ................... 5-11Transmission selector lever lock release............. 5-14

Transmitter (See multi-remote control system)............ 3-4Traveling or registering your vehicle in anothercountry ...................................................................... 10-11Turn signal switch ...................................................... 2-28

U

Underbody cleaning ...................................................... 7-3Uniform tire quality grading ..................................... 10-20

V

Vanity mirror lights..................................................... 2-46Vehicle

Dimensions and weights.................................... 10-10Identification number (VIN)................................ 10-11Loading information........................................... 10-14

Vehicle recovery, (freeing a stuck vehicle) ................ 6-14Vehicle security system .............................................. 2-18Ventilators ..................................................................... 4-2

W

Warning, Hazard warning flasher switch.................... 2-28Warning labels, Air bag warning labels..................... 1-20Warning light

4WD warning light............................................... 5-27Air bag warning light................................. 1-21, 2-14Automatic transmission park warning light......... 2-11Brake warning light.............................................. 2-12Door open ............................................................ 2-13Low fuel warning light......................................... 2-14Seat belt warning light and chime ...................... 2-14

Warning/indicator lights and chimes ......................... 2-11Warranty, Emission control system warranty ........... 10-21Washer switch

Rear window wiper and washer switch ............... 2-22Windshield wiper and washer switch .................. 2-21

Washing ........................................................................ 7-2Waxing .......................................................................... 7-3Weights (See dimensions and weights) ................... 10-10Wheel/tire size .......................................................... 10-10Wheels and tires ......................................................... 8-30

Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels........................... 7-3Window washer fluid .................................................. 8-14

Window(s)Cleaning ................................................................. 7-3Power windows .................................................... 2-40

Windshield wiper and washer switch......................... 2-21Wiper

Blades................................................................... 8-17Rear window wiper and washer switch ............... 2-22Windshield wiper and washer switch .................. 2-21

X

Xenon headlights ........................................................ 2-24

INDEX

11-8

Z 00.12.8/JR50-D/V5 X

GAS STATIONINFORMATION

FUEL RECOMMENDATION:

Your vehicle is designed to operate on un-leaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Researchoctane number 96).

CAUTION

Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emissioncontrol devices and systems, andcould also affect warranty coverage.

Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, since thiswill damage the three way catalyst.

For additional information, see “Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants” in the “10.Technical and consumer information” section.

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDA-TION:O API Certification Mark

O API grade SG/SH, Energy Conserving I & IIor API grade SJ, Energy Conserving

O ILSAC grade GF-I & GF-II

O SAE 5W-30 viscosity oil is preferred for allambient temperatures.See “Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants” in the “10. Technical and con-sumer information” section for engine oiland oil filter recommendation.

COLD TIRE PRESSURE:See tire placard affixed to the glove box lid.

NEW VEHICLE BREAK-IN PRO-CEDURE RECOMMENDATION:During the first 1,000 miles (1,600 km) ofvehicle use, follow the recommendations out-lined in the “Break-in schedule” Informationfound in the “5. Starting and driving” section ofthis Owner’s Manual. Follow these recommen-dations for the future reliability and economy ofyour new vehicle.

Z 00.11.27/JR50-D/V5 X

SIT0102

Engine coolant 8-5

Engine oil 8-8

Power steering fluid 8-13

Brake fluid 8-13

Meters and gauges 2-3

Seat belt 1-23

Hood release 3-10

Door lock 3-3

Rear door lock 3-10

Fuel 3-13, 10-2

Glass hatch lock andopener 3-11

Spare tire 6-3

Air conditioner 4-3Audio system 4-6

Automatic transmissionfluid 8-11

Battery 8-14

Window washer fluid 8-14

Z 00.12.8/JR50-D/V5 X

13825 '01.5 Infiniti

Documents